Asbsc Feature List and Descriptions Fp22r1

AirScale BSC, Release FP22R1,
Operating Documentation,
Issue 01
AirScale BSC Feature List and Descriptions

DN187059570
Issue 01
Approved on 2021-03-11
© 2022 Nokia. Nokia Confidential Information.

Use subject to agreed restrictions on disclosure and use.
Nokia is committed to diversity and inclusion. We are continuously reviewing our customer documentation and consul
with standards bodies to ensure that terminology is inclusive and aligned with the industry. Our future customer
documentation will be updated accordingly.

This document includes Nokia proprietary and confidential information, which may not be distributed or disclosed to a
third parties without the prior written consent of Nokia.
This document is intended for use by Nokia’s customers (“You”/ “Your”) in connection with a product purchased or
licensed from any company within Nokia Group of Companies. Use this document as agreed. You agree to notify Nok
of any errors you may find in this document; however, should you elect to use this document for any purpose(s) for wh
it is not intended, You understand and warrant that any determinations You may make or actions You may take will be
based upon Your independent judgment and analysis of the content of this document.
Nokia reserves the right to make changes to this document without notice. At all times, the controlling version is the o
available on Nokia’s site.
No part of this document may be modified.
NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY
WARRANTY OF AVAILABILITY, ACCURACY, RELIABILITY, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IS MADE IN RELATION TO THE CONTENT OF THIS DOCUMENT. IN N
EVENT WILL NOKIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA THAT MAY ARISE FROM
THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT, EVEN IN THE CASE OF ERRORS IN OR OMISSIO
FROM THIS DOCUMENT OR ITS CONTENT.
Copyright and trademark: Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Other product names mentioned in th
document may be trademarks of their respective owners.
© 2022 Nokia.
ptions
omer documentation and consulting
ustry. Our future customer
t be distributed or disclosed to any
with a product purchased or

agreed. You agree to notify Nokia
cument for any purpose(s) for which
e or actions You may take will be
.
s, the controlling version is the one
NOT LIMITED TO ANY

MENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR
ENT OF THIS DOCUMENT. IN NO
TED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT,
NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA THAT MAY ARISE FROM
E OF ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS
r product names mentioned in this

Summary of changes
Changes between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all changes m
to previous issues.
Changes between issue 03 (2021-11-05, AirScale BSC FP21C) and issue 01 (2022-03-11, AirScale BSC FP22R1)
AirScale BSC Features List:
• Added CB007805 and CB007722 features.
Changes between issue 02 (2021-06-04, AirScale BSC FP21B) and issue 03 (2021-11-05, AirScale BSC FP21C)
GSM Features List:
• Added BSS101419 and BSS402011 features.
Changes between issue 01 (2021-02-12, AirScale BSC FP21A) and issue 02 (2021-06-04, AirScale BSC FP21B)
GSM Features List:
AirScale BSC Features List:

Changes between issue 05 (2020-11-20, AirScale BSC FP20C) and issue 01 (2021-02-12, AirScale BSC FP21A)
There are no changes to the GSM and ASBSC feature list for the AirScale BSC FP21A release.
ssue contains all changes made
11, AirScale BSC FP22R1)
05, AirScale BSC FP21C)
04, AirScale BSC FP21B)
12, AirScale BSC FP21A)

elease.
1. Introduction to list of features

This is a cumulative list of features introduced in all GSM releases and in AirScale BSC releases. The AirScale
BSC releases are based on the GSM releases. The features are listed for the following categories:
- Packet Switched Data - Value Added Services

- Radio Network Performance - Network Monitoring and Maintenance
- BSC Solution - Troubleshoot
- Transmission & Transport - Operability
- BTS Solution - Circuit Switched Data
- Configuration Management - Network administartion
- Multiradio Interworking - Security
- Single RAN - O&M security
2. How to read this excel report
The excel report provides complete information on the GSM features and AirScale BSC features.
The Excel report consists of two main sections:

- GSM Features List
- AirScale BSC Features List
2.1 GSM Features List

This section presents following information on the GSM features:
- Feature ID
- Feature title
- Feature description
- Benefits
- Feature code
- Category
- Release
- Supported in AirScale BSC release
- Related documents
- Additional information
2.2 AirScale BSC Features List

This section presents following information on the AirScale BSC features:
- Feature ID
- Feature title
- Feature description
- Benefits
- Feature code
- Category
- Release
- License Key Sales Item
- Activated by default:
• Yes: The feature is part of the GSM Cloud Essential SW TL CLTU (RGC2001TL) license package or basic software.
• No: The feature is part of the GSM Cloud Enhanced SW TL CLTU (RGC2002TL) license package or has an individual
- Related Documents
- Additional information
By using the Sort&Filter option available in Excel, you can find appropriate information, for example,
filter features by release or category.
eases. The AirScale
egories:
tures.
se package or basic software.

se package or has an individual license.
example,
Feature ID Feature title

CB006337 Health Check Framework for BSC
CB006471 Radio Resource Management Counter Warming

Enhancement
RG302466 A5/4 Ciphering

RG302753 HO relations enhancement
RG302802 Enhanced call reestablishment rate with ZTE core
RG302813 Flexible DSCP support in Flexi BSC/mcBSC

RG302818 2G-4G fast return with user differentiation
RG302652 WB-AMR Enhancement

RG302697 Improved Uplink Power Control for CS Calls
RG302749 Lean GSM operability improvements
RG302770 Enhancements to BSCLogCol tool

RG602655 BSC Security Hardening
RG602695 BSC upgrade time improvement
SR002473 MOBSS interworking with Lean GSM
SR002532 Low Power Call Handling With GSM and LTE DSS
RG302643 Nokia BSC - CBC Immediate Broadcast Category
RG302647 Clear Voice

RG302648 Improved Call Setup time
RG302659 Fast 2G BTS SWDownload

RG302756 New 2G MOCN counters per PLMN ID
RG302489 IPv4/IPv6 Dual Stack for mcBSC
RG302627 GSM Flexi BTS EM Security Hardening

RG302666 Multipoint Gb Enhanced connectivity
RG302671 Fast Power Control

RG302684 GSM 19 Release Upgrade License
RG302695 BSC Security enhancements for Release 19

RG302696 Flexible Commissioning for Symmetric TRX and MOB
RG302701 Multiple IP Addresses on CS Core Interfaces for Net
RG302704 BSC Troubleshooting Enhancements

RG302713 IKEv2 and DH group 14/15 for IPSec
RG602584 BTS SM Support for MS Windows 10
RG602638 FHFB Support in Classical LTE-GSM RF Sharing (GF)
BSS21552 Packet Abis efficient PS transport

RG302437 Automated symptom data transfer from BSC to exter
RG302442 Remote BTS FDSW download to GSM Flexi Multiradi
RG302454 Unique GSM Call ID
RG302529 Enhanced BCCH Energy Saving
RG302534 GSM Based IoT Solution (EC-GSM IoT)
RG302550 BSC OAM support for SFTP and SSH
RG302559 Extended DRX for EC-GSM IoT

RG302560 Support for Power Efficient Operations
RG302585 Lean GSM Solution
RG602604 Loose Phase and Time Synchronization
RG602610 FYGC GPS Reciever Antenna (replacement of FYGB)

BSS101409 AoIP improved capacity
RG301941 Blind 2G to 3G reselection
RG302278 mcBSC FB activation in one single step
RG302337 Automatic dump collection for the Octeon based u
RG302343 Enhanced Fast Return to LTE

RG302391 Manual weighting for Multipoint Gb
RG302424 Enhanced mcBSC eSW upgrade
RG302450 BSC Internal Ethernet link supervision
RG302462 Smart BCCH Allocation
RG602548 CM Parameter streamlining

BSS101711 Tracing with BTS Manager
BSS101909 Automated Certificate Management (for BTS)
RG301939 Network Resiliency for mcBSC

RG302161 Improved Log Collection of GSM/EDGE BTS
RG302188 Integrated CS Data Support in mcBSC
RG302198 BSS Support for FXED (6x60W RFM)
RG302253 L3 Data collection for GSM PS
RG302362 GSM16 Release Upgrade License

RG602394 TDM fallback for GSM Application
RG602496 Energy Efficiency Shut Down Mode with RF Sharing
BSS21537 AQSPK with VAMOS-2 handsets
RG301692 Antenna Hopping Extension

RG301726 Uplink min RxLevel based access
RG301942 Remote BSC SW upgrade from NetAct
RG302055 Parameter Categorization
RG302087 Narrow LTE Carrier Bandwidth
RG302139 AoIP Monitoring - RTCP Support

RG302186 Anti Lag Suite (ALS)
RG302196 Smart Dual Beam
RG302301 TD+FD LTE
RG602339 Sync Hub Direct forward
BSS101406 Ethernet Ring/Path Protection

BSS21313 OSC support for VAMOS handsets
BSS21327 Local Switching for Packet Abis
BSS21361 Dynamic PCU2 Pooling

BSS21444 Packet Abis Security
BSS21539 Packet Abis IP/TDM Aggregation
BSS21542 OSC Capability Test for Handsets
RG301777 MOCN Rel10 Support

RG301828 BSC Symptom Data Collection
RG301831 Detailed TRX Test Report in BSC
RG301834 VSWR and RSSI Measurement

RG301854 Fast Return to LTE
RG301936 Intelligent MCPA TRX Shutdown
RG602213 OSC Multiplexing Enhancements
RG301833 Ext 1PPS+ToD Synch Support

RG301881 IMSI Trace Enhancement for CS
RG301623 Energy Efficient Coverage
BSS21515 Ethernet OAM Support

BSS402073 Admission Control for EGPRS
RG301979 Node Level PM for CMST
RG301978 GSM RF Chaining
BSS101985 GSM RRH Loop Protection
BSS101684 ToP Phase Synchronization DFCA
RG301965 2G 1PPS+ToD Sync Support

RG301737 Inter System NCCR for LTE
RG301856 Precise UL Interference Measurement

RG602125 High Speed Rail HO
RG301447 OSC and Edge in the same BTS

RG301837 OSC Remultiplexing
RG602219 Nearest Offset BTS

BSS10101 GSM - WCDMA Interworking (BTSplus)
Inter-System Handover
BSS101419 OSC HR Capacity License
BSS101574 Air Path Loss Measurement

BSS101422 Support for Commercial Mobile Alert System (CMAS)
BSS10004, BSS30055, BSS30060 Adaptive Multi-Rate Codecs

Adaptive Multi-Rate Codec, AMR
AMR Measurements
BSS10045 GPRS/EDGE Dynamic Abis (UL, DL)

BSS20045 PCU Restart Handling
BSS20083 Inter-BSC NACC

BSS20958 Energy saving mode for BCCH TRX
BSS21045 Inter System NACC
BSS21222 Energy optimised TCH Allocation

BSS21232 Automatic EDAP Reallocation in PCU
BSS21238 Merged P- & E-GSM900

BSS21309 OSC Half Rate with SAIC MS
BSS21316 Flexi BTS Autoconnection

BSS21325 8k TRAU for OSC AMR FR
BSS21335 Precise Paging

BSS21343 DL DC Territory Procedures
BSS21353 LTE System Information

BSS21355 Inter System NACC for LTE
BSS21362 Fast BSS Restart
BSS21388 Random Fill Bits

BSS21392 TRX Specific Link Adaptation for DLDC
BSS21438 Packet Abis over Satellite
BSS21439 Packet Abis Sync. ToP IEEE1588v2

BSS21440 Packet Abis over TDM
BSS21445 Packet Abis Congestion Reaction

BSS21454 Packet Abis over IP/Ethernet
BSS21507 Flexible MCPA TX Power Pooling
BSS21520 RF Sharing GSM- LTE

BSS21534 OSC Full Rate with SAIC MS
BSS21538 Extended CCCH
BSS30385 Circuit Switched Dynamic Abis Pool

BSS30450 Packet Abis Syncronous Ethernet
RG301733 A over IP, Transcoder in BSS

Adjustable TBF Multiplexing Density
RG301666 (E)GPRS Downlink Power Control
BSS101411 Extended BCCH

RG602124 Composited Multi Site Transmission
RG301773 TX Power Normalised DL Level HO
RG301954 SGSN Selection Improvement
BSS402071 Instant QoS Signaling

BSS21333 Real-time road traffic information
BSS402059 Smart Resource Adaptation

BSS21277 105 km Extended Cell CS
BSS21528 ISHO acceleration via Iur-g

BSS21527 Load reporting to TD-RNC over Iur-g
BSS101686 Improved Clear Request Suppression
RG301743 Adjustable UL RLT Increase Step
BSS101456 Priority Based Voice Quality
BSS20093 A5/3 ciphering

BSS20097 Automated RNW O&M log collection
BSS20738 Paging Coordination in BSC
BSS20916 AMR HO Signaling Optimization

BSS20960 Wideband AMR (WB-AMR)
BSS20984 2G TRX Automatic Power Down

BSS21118 Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for AMR
BSS21120 AMR Unpacking Optimization

BSS21161 SDCCH and PS Data Channels on DFCA TRX
BSS21228 Downlink Dual Carrier

BSS21469 SW Support of BS2xx@FlexiBSC Family
BSS21550 Automatic TRX Unblocking
BSS30340 OSI over TCP/IP
BSS20086 Multipoint Gb-Interface
BSS20094 Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE

BSS20106 Packet Control Unit (PCU2) Pooling
BSS20776 AMR Progressive Power Control (PPC)
BSS20870 Double Power TRX for Flexi EDGE BTS
BSS20872 Robust AMR Signalling (FACCH / SACCH)
BSS20967 Coverage Based ISHO for Voice

BSS30365 Service Quality Based WCDMA Access
BSS20088 / BSS30100 Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
BSS402072 Enhanced Packet Scheduling

BSS20012 File Based Plan Provisioning
BSS20082 Support for Single Antenna Interference Cancellatio

BSS20084 High Multislot Classes
BSS20089 Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20092 Multipoint A-interface

BSS20494 Space Time Interference Rejection Combining (STIRC
BSS30320 TD-SCDMA Interworking, Idle Mode

BSS09006 General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)
GPRS Coding Schemes CS1 and CS2 (UL , DL)
GPRS Link Adaptation (Uplink and Downlink)
GPRS Cell Reselection Report (27)
GPRS RX Level and Quality Report (28)
Packet Control Unit Measurement (72)
RLC Blocks per TRX Measurement (73)
Frame Relay Measurement (74)
Dynamic Abis Measurement (76)
Quality of Service Measurement (90)
PBCCH Availability Measurement (91)
GPRS Cell Reselection Measurement (95)
GPRS RX Level and Quality Measurement (96)
BSS09006, BSS10091 GPRS/EDGE Radio Resource Management

GPRS/EDGE Multiplexing
GPRS/EDGE Dynamic Abis (UL, DL)
Uplink Data Transfer
Downlink Data Transfer
Packet Control Channel
Packet SI/PSI Status Procedure
Non-DRX Mode
Data Scheduling
USF Granularity 4
Proactive Downlink Retransmission
Fast Intra PCU Cell Change
Gb over Frame Relay
Gb Flow Control
TBF Observation for GPRS Trace (25)
BSS10012 LCS CI +TA in BSC Integrated Solution
Position-Based Services Measurement (78)
Position-Based Services Observation (26)
BSS10016 Tri-Band GSM/EDGE Common BCCH, ETSI

BSS11052 Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation (DFCA)
BSS11086 Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR)

BSS11107 GSM-WCDMA, Controlled WCDMA Access
Direct Access to WCDMA
Support for A Interface Priorities
Service Area and Cell Based Penalty Timers
BSS11110 Gb Over IP
BSS11112 Network Controlled Cell Reselection (NCCR)

BSS11134 Antenna Hopping
BSS11149 Wireless Priority Service (WPS)

BSS12158 IMSI Based HO
IMSI Based GSM-GSM Handover
IMSI Based GSM-WCDMA Inter System HO
BSS20371 BSS Syncronisation Recovery Improvement
BSS20394 Inter System NCCR

RG302547 Network Resiliency for mcBSC - ESMB/C support
RG302571 EC-GSM IoT for Flexi Edge
RG302577 1000 MTC Messages per Day
RG302412 Failure tolerance for Total FEP Measurement
RG602476 OSPF Authentication for Controller
RG302111 mcBSC Site Solution: Tellabs 8630

RG302135 PXE boot support for ETP units
RG302151 RG40(BSS) Release Upgrade License
RG302157 Alarm prevention for unused ETP and ETP-A interfac
RG302296 4UD without IDD

RG302297 DFCA with SDB/IDD/4UD
RG302364 BSS Support for FXJB
RG602452 MEFICO (Monitoring Tool for BSC) for RG40

RG602481 BSS SW Support for FXEE
BSS101431 L3 Connectivity for Multicontroller BSC

BSS101621 Flexi Multiradio 10 BTS
BSS101691 FlexiPacket Radio Power + Ethernet
BSS20680 Centralized BSC User Account Management
RG301071 DFCA support for Flexi Compact

RG602320 MEFICO (Monitoring Tool for BSC) for RG30
MEFICO (Monitoring BSC) for RG30 EP1

BSS101414 Packet Abis Network Media conversion
BSS101469 User configurable FHO time limit for 2G FBPP
BSS101482 Extended Cell function for Multiradio BTS
BSS101562 Flexible Frame Offset Management
BSS101570 Segment name modification via FBPP
BSS101583 Precise RX Level Measurement

BSS101584 Precise Timing Advance Measurement
BSS101585 Precise Power Level Measurement

BSS101586 Adjacent Cell Rx Level Measurement
BSS101675 FSxL BTS HW Activation License

BSS101688 Support for FSM3 Module
BSS21157 Integrated IP card for BSC and TCSM
BSS21271 Abis Delay Measurement (TDM, PWE3)
BSS21368 Flexi BSC Capacity Evolution
BSS21371 TCSM3i Capacity Evolution

BSS21391 DFCA support for OSC
BSS21435 Gb over IP for Satellite Connection
BSS21443 Packet TRS for UltraSite / BTSplus
BSS21498 Geo-Redundant SMLC over Multi-Homed Lb Interfac
BSS21503 FlexiPacket Microwave Connectivity

BSS21530 Multicontroller BSC / Transcoder
BSS30335 Flexi EDGE MHA Support
BSS30380 A over IP, Transcoder in MGW

BSS30395 Packet Abis Delay Measurement
BSS30425 Transmission Package
BSS402011 OSC Full Rate capacity License
BSS402051 MEFICO (Monitoring Tool for BSC) for S15
BSS402155 GSM BTS Power License 20W Step
RG301397 Cositing with BS2xx
RG301613 BSS Support for Flexi Compact BTS

RG301740 Extension of routing objects names to 6 characters
RG301742 Multipoint A Measurement
RG301772 Enhancement of Alarm 7789

RG301818 Configurable lenght of BSC MMI password history
RG301827 Configurable list of forbidden BSC MMI passwords
RG602453 IPv4 based Packet Abis Transport
BSS101762 CS Data Support for AoIP

BSS101443 Blocking of DTMF in Downlink
BSS20937 Flexible Frame Number Offset

BSS21108 SDH/SONET Equipment Protection
BSS21143 Secure remote MMI
BSS21149 Flexi BSC
BSS21198 PCU2 Acceleration
BSS21218 Wideband AMR support by TCSM3i
BSS21226 Asymmetrical PCU HW Configuration
BSS21234 Support for FlexiEdge PWE Counters

BSS21270 105km Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE
BSS21290 FlexiEDGE Ethernet switching
BSS21312 Wideband AMR Capacity License
BSS21323 L3 Connectivity for Flexi BSC Family
RG301720 IUA ISDN Q.921-User Adaptation

BSS21487 Circuit Pool 36 for AMR WB
RG301739 BSS Support for FSMF Module
BSS21452 RF Sharing GSM- WCDMA
BSS21497 Enhanced Satellite Abis Support up to 420ms
BSS30375 MEFICO (Monitoring Tool for BSC) for S14
RG301631 Disable Internal Handover

BSS20099 Enhancements for TRX Swap
BSS20132 Mobile Specific Channel Release Message
BSS20151 Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown
BSS20249 AMR FR Licence Control
BSS21510 Antenna Hopping Enhancement

BSS20396 BSC Support to MetroSite XP TRX
BSS20432 Packet Data Optimization Package

Packet Data Optimisation Package / EDAP usage
and blocking counters
BSS20477 CPICH RSCP based criterion for 2G to 3G cell reselec
BSS20500 Improved TRX Test Presentation at BSC
BSS20588 TRAU Bicasting in AMR FR/HR Handover
BSS20589 Packet Data Optimisation Package / Impact and rea

BSS20715 Beating BTS Alarm Filter
BSS20591 BTS ID Shown in BTS Manager
BSS20592 BCF ID Range Extension

BSS20792 Enhancement of ERO MML Printout
BSS20802 Cell Downtime Monitoring
BSS20817 End to End Downlink Abis Performance Monitor
BSS301416 SW Control on PA Switch

BSS20835 RLC/MAC Block Counter Enhancement
BSS20847 Automatic Commissioning of the FlexiEDGE BTS
BSS20395 Packet Data Optimisation Package / PCU utilisation

BSS20858 WCDMA Neighbour Cell Reporting Enhancement
BSS20869 Market Expansion Toolkit
BSS20882 Extended Cell Range for Flexi EDGE BTS
BSS20900 Combined BSC3i/TCSM3i Capacity Evolution

BSS20903 Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown, Flexi BTS
BSS20929 GPRS License Control
BSS20945 New Information Field to ERO MML Printout

BSS20965 TRXD Conversion with Single Line Command
BSS20980 Secured O&M IP connections
BSS21026 GPRS/EDGE Support for PGSM-EGSM BTS
BSS21034 Robust AMR Signalling, AMR Signalling Measuremen

BSS21049 Connection Error Handling Enhancements
BSS21095 Enhancement for LB interface
BSS21213 Multi-Operator BSS (MOBSS)
BSS21274 Long Reach TSL (FlexiEDGE BTS)
BSS21347 Advanced DFCA Dual City Solution

BSS21389 A5/1 Cipher Enhancement - SDCCH HO
BSS21436 Local Switching for Satellite Abis
BSS30305 FlexiEDGE Abis over IP/Ethernet
BSS30370 Local Switching for Terrestrial Abis
BSS20857 Packet Data Optimisation Package / 1-phase access

651 2nd FlexBus for FlexiEDGE BTS
BSS20003 CS statistics Enhancements
BSS20011 File Based Configuration Upload
BSS20070 BSC integrated SMLC capacity
BSS20117 Nokia TCSM3i
BSS20118 Nokia BSC3i 1000 / 2000
BSS20212 Flexi EDGE TRX HW Activation License

BSS20535 Weighted TSL Allocation Counters
BSS20718 DL DTX Audio Quality
BSS20744 24 TRX per BCF for Flexi EDGE BTS

BSS20852 SIGTRAN over A-Interface
BSS20974 Radio Link Timeout parameter for AMR HR
BSS20991 Nokia UltraSite EDGE BTS Mini
BSS20999 New Counters for Handover Measurement
BSS21041 Maximum MS TX Power During E911 location
BSS21113 Increased Dynamic SDCCH capacity

BSS21129 FlexiEDGE Abis TRS Grooming
BSS21146 DFCA RRM Power Reduction
BSS21153 LMUB alarm in BSC: Positionnot locked (8272)
BSS21154 Load based AMR Packing
BSS21156 Missing NSEI (Zero free MIPC blocks) alarm

BSS21165 Single MA list for EGSM and PGSM
BSS21170 Statistics for SIGTRAN
BSS21191 Data and Signalling TBF Failure Counters
BSS21217 Multipoint A Load Balancing
BSS21261 Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Manual Power Down
BSS21324 Intelligent Selective Paging

BSS30280 FlexiEDGE TRS Loop Protection
BSS30285 FlexiEDGE Additional 2 E1, T1 IF
BSS30315 TD-SCDMA Incoming HO Support
BSS30600 Nokia Pico GSM/EDGE BTS
BS00271, BSS08023 Radio Network Supervision
BSC02703 BTS power control algorithm at BSC, BSC2707 - MS p
BSS00128 Ater Trunk Transmission Allocation

BSS00154 Handling of Frames Received with Errors
Bad Frame Handling Improvement
BSS00155 Soft Comfort Noise
Additional BSS13 GPRS Measurement/Counters
BSS00164 Online Observations
BSS00166, BSS00167, Radio Network Configuration Management
BSS00168, BSS00169, BSS0456, BSS04562, BSS05320, BSS07024, BSS07004
BSS00179, BSS07053 BTS-TC Connection Establishment Supervision
Enhancements to BTS-TC supervision alarm
BSS00186 TX Antenna VSWR Supervision
BSS00171, BSS05110, BSC Software Configuration Management

BSS7076
BSS00190 BTS Testing in BSC
BSS00191, BSS07009 Forced Handover for O&M Reason
BSS00189, BSS04522, BSS04521, BS Radio Network Maintenance

BSS00192 Radio Network Fault Recovery
BSS00195 Command Calendar
BSS00196 Command File
BSS00215 Fixed Level Adjustment
BSS00231 Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR)
BSS00251, BSS05230 Traffic Reason Handover
BSS00573 Undefined Adjacent Cell Measurement (13)
BSS00591 Double BCCH Allocation List
BSS01003, BSS01005 SMS Point-To-Point
BSS00211 Safe Copying of Files

BSS01019, BSS0101, Circuit Switched Data up to 9.6 kbps
BSS01015,
BSS01073 BSS01013, BSS01011 Receiver Diversity
BSS01605 Abis Trunk Signalling

BSS01639 Redundant Abis Trunk for E1 Interface
BSS02013 Baseband Frequency Hopping
BSS01029, BSS02501, BSS04020, BS Ciphering

BSS02043 08.58 CCCH load indication
BSS02025 Flow Control
BSS02213 Discontinuous Reception (DRX)
BSS02302, BSS02301, Queuing

BSS02337
BSS02307 Directed Retry (DR)
BSS02201, BSS02209 GPRS and EDGE Paging

BSS02801 Handover and Power Control
BSS03011 Support for A5/0,1,2
BSS03012 Alarm if Usable A-If Circuits Below Limit

Alarm if number of usable A-if circuits below limit
BSS03017 ETR 09.90 compliancy

BSS03050 Frequency Hopping (FH) (by RF Synthesizers)
BSS03140 Subscriber Types IDR, TR as per PIE
BSS03151 Optimisation MS Power Level in Handovers
BSS03501, BSS03502, Remote Transmission Equipment Management

BSS04540
BSS02703, BSS02707, Handovers
BSS02713,
BSS03512, BSS02715,
BSS7086 BSS05210 Remote BTS MMI
BSS03701 RX Quality Statistics Measurement (14)
BSS03702 Handover Adjacent Cell Measurement (15)

BSS03910 Queuing and Priority
BSS04011 C/I Based Handover Candidate Evaluation
BSS04013 Chained Cells in Rapid Field Drop
BSS04016, BSS05310 Intelligent Underlay Overlay (IUO)
BSS04040, BSS04041, Satellite Abis/Ater/A

BSS05850
BSS04091 RX Level Statistics Measurement (53)
BSS04092 Link Balance per MS Classmark Measurement (54)
BSS04093 Timing Advance Statistics Measurement (55)
BSS04531, BSS04532, BTS Testing

BSS04533
BSS03511, BSS05750, BTS Hardware Database Management
BSS07082
BSS04550 Performance Management (PM)
BSS04570, BSS07082 BSC Hardware Configuration Management
BSS04590, BSS04591, BSC System Maintenance
BSS04592
BSS05010 GSM Half Rate
BSS05022 Adaptive Gain Control/Downlink
BSS05050 Dual Band GSM 900/1800, ETSI
BSS05080 Remote Use of Node Managers of NetAct at NetAct

BSS05100, BSS00165, GSM Trace
BSS05350, BSS02343
BSS05120 Transcoder Software Downloading

BSS04592, BSS05330 Alarm Functions
BSS05190, BSS00221 Improved Trunk Reservation (TR)
BSS05200 New MS Power Levels

BSS05220 Fast Moving MS Handling in Macro Cell
BSS05161, BSS05162, BTS Loop Tests

BSS08142,
BSS05290 BSS8086 FACCH Call Setup due to SDCCH Congestion
BSS05260 Management of Feature Options

BSS05360 Enchanced Full Rate Codec (ANSI)
BSS05590 C2 Cell Reselection Parameter
BSS05730 Remote Interrogation of BTS Serial & Version numbe
BSS05810 Abis Transmission by HDSL

BSS06025 SMS Cell Broadcast (CB) DRX
BSS06028 BSC MMI for Scheduled TRX Test by Cable
BSS06032 Remote BTS MMI for Nokia Talk and PrimeSite BTS
BSS06033 Support for Microwave Radio Links

BSS06037 Improved Solution for Extended Cell (Talk BTS)
BSS06043 BTS HW Database Modification on BSC
BSS06060 Call Trace Enhancements

BSS06071 Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) ETSI
BSS06074 Active Channel Interference Estimation

BSS06075 TRU Manager
BSS06076 T1 Abis (ANSI)
BSS06081 C/I Ratio Measurement (60)
BSS06082 Hot Spot Measurement (61)
BSS06083 MS Speed Detection
BSS06084, BSS01006, Cell Broadcast (CB)

BSS02129
BSS06114 Hand Over Enhancements
BSS06115 Radio Channel Allocation
BSS06117 Q1 Supervision During Remote Session

BSS06124 Background Loading of Radio Network Plan
BSS06127 BSC Statistics and Measurement Enhancements
BSS06136 Modifiable BTS site type

BSS06139 Six Sector Support
BSS06142 Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC)
BSS06143 Intelligent shutdown for external BBU
BSS06144 Dual Band GSM/DCS Modifications
BSS07002 Cell Broadcast (CB) IF in BSC to CB Centre

BSS07003 High Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD)
BSS07005 Intelligent Frequency Hopping (IFH)
BSS07015 Dx34 GSM/DCS dual band BTS
BSS07020 Intelligent BTS Shutdown, Talk BTS
BSS07021 Preferred BCCH TRX

BSS07023 Default BTS SW package per BTS generation
BSS07026 Operator adjustable pass/fail comparison thresholds

BSS07028 16k sub-tsl as Q1 service channel
BSS07029 Q1 Interface (BSC -Transmission Equipment)
BSS07030 Scheduled TRX test for both diversity branches
BSS07031 Enhanced rapid field drop

BSS07032 Various Windows Size
BSS07036 Dynamic SDCCH Allocation
BSS07037 14.4 kbps Circuit Switched Data
BSS07038 Installing multiple change deliveries

BSS07063 Guard channel management
BSS07064 Handover support for coverage enhancement
BSS07067 Signalling Point Code Modification
BSS07068 Acoustic Echo Canceller (AEC) Support for EFR and
BSS07069 Three digit mobile network code

BSS07071 Directed retry improvement
BSS07074 Call Release after Loss of TRAU Sync

BSS07075 Bad quality experience guard time
BSS07077 ICE support for booster
BSS07078 BTS Local User Interface, BTS MMI

BSS07090 Radio network MML improvement
BSS07094 Flexible MAIO Management

BSS07200 Transcoder configuration MML
BSS07399 12 TRX Cell with Wideband Combining
BSS08002 Transmission Equipment Alarm Handling
BSS08013 Security Reporting
BSS08014 HO Reasons to HOADJ Measurement

BSS08018 SCCP Improvement
BSS08032 Direct Access to Desired Layer/Band
BSS08035 Expiration of MMI Password Validity
BSS08037 Enhanced Coverage by Frequency Hopping
BSS08041 Transcoder PCM Type Modification
BSS08085 Tri-Band, ETSI
BSS08121 Dropped Call Observation (24)

Drop Call Breakdown Observation (29)
BSS08123 Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH)

BSS08127 Controlled Online Observation Interface between
BSS05340 PM File Compression

BSS08139 Combined O&M and Telecom Signalling
BSS09001 RX Antenna Supervision by RSSI Value
BSS09004 Tandem Free Operation (TFO)
BSS09007 12-TRX Cell with RTC Dual Duplexing

BSS09018 MS Capability Indication Measurement (71)
BSS09021 Variable DL Power Control
BSS09030 Four-Way Wideband Combiner
BSS09034 Channel Finder Measurement (70)
BSS09063 Abis Loop Test

BSS09066 Supervision of Transmission Equipment
BSS09067, BSS40120 BTS Alarms
BSS09069 Noise Suppression (NS)
BSS09089 LCS Basic with Stand-alone SMLC via MSC

BSS08137 BTS Software Package Management

BSS10005 Reversed Hunting
BSS10022 Reversed Hunting
FER (Frame ErasureMeasurement (89) (77)
Rate) Measurement
BSS10068 Double Mobile Allocation (MA) List Amount

BSS10046 Multi BCF Control
BSS10063, BSS11131 RX Antenna Supervision by RSSI Value

BSS30025 Traffic Channel Allocation
BSS10069 Synchronised BSS
BSS10074 Packet Control Channel
BSS10084 Priority Class Based Quality of Service

BSS10087 GSM/EDGE 800 - GSM/EDGE800/1900 Band Specific
BSS10089 System Level Trace
BSS10091 Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE)

EDGE Modulation and Coding Schemes (UL, DL)
EDGE 8-PSK Modulation (UL, DL)
EDGE Link Adaptation (UL, DL)
EDGE Incremental Redundancy (UL, DL)
EDGE Downlink BTS Radio Retransmission
BSS10102 Chaining Nokia MetroSite BTS

BSS10104 Nokia Smart Radio Concept (SRC)
BSS10112 Text Telephony (TTY)
BSS11037 Remote BTS Manager for BTS
BSS11047 Intelligent shutdown for BTS
BSS11070 Support for Cell Global Identity (CGI)
BSS11073 Recovery for BSS and Site Synchronisation

BSS11085 Automated Planning Enhancements
BSS11088 GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4 (UL, DL)
BSS11102, BSS04015 Extended Cell Range, UltraSite BTS
BSS11114 Lb Interface in BSC

BSS11118 Multi BCF for MetroSite BTS

BSS11121 IDD with BB Hopping
BSS11136 Enhanced TRX Priorisation in TCH Allocation
BSS11151 Extended Uplink TBF Mode (EUTM)

Delayed Uplink TBF Release
TBF Observation for GPRS Trace (25)
BSS11156 One Phase Access for EDGE
BSS11506 Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC)
BSS11610, BSS01410, BSS01423, BS Discontinuous Transmission DL and UL (DTX)
BSS20125 Disabling TCSM O&M Functionality (Ater support f
BSS20577 Counters for Soft Channel Capacity (SCC)
BSS20590 Drop Call Breakdown Observation Plus

BSS20712 BCCH on EGSM in PGSM/EGSM Segment
BSS20727 Volume Based LLC throughput Counters
BSS20826 BCCH on EGSM in Combined PGSM-EGSM Usage
BSS20878 Extension of Value Range for Timer Parameter T8
BSS20924 BSC Support for LAPDm T200 Setting
BSS20947 Disable EMR for Faulty Handsets
BSS20953 057044 Drop After TCH Assignment
BSS20962 Enhancement of AMR HR License Key Handling with
BSS21010 BCCH on PGSM in Combined PGSM-EGSM Usage

BSS21011 Breakdown of Counter 002071
BSS21027 Improved Drop Call Breakdown Observation
BSS21032 BSC Overload Control Plus
BSS21076 TTY Call Monitoring Counter
BSS21081 DFCA BIM Scaling
BSS21088 GPRS Resume Cancellation
BSS21199 NS Layer Reset
BSS30020 High Capacity Signalling Links on A Interface
BSS30030 Traffic Channel Allocation, Load of BTS

BSS30035 Shared Frequencies in Sectored Site
BSS30095 Satellite Gb Interface
BSS30040 Dual Band GSM 800/1900, ANSI
BSS30045 GSM/EDGE Common BCCH, ANSI
BSS30050 Dual Band GSM 800/1800, ETSI
BSS30055 AMR Quality & Coverage (AMR FR)
BSS30060 AMR Capacity (HR)
BSS30065 GPRS Resume
BSS30070 Delayed Downlink TBF

BSS30075 GPRS Uplink Power Control
BSS115173/ BSS30080 BSC Soft Channel Capacity (SCC)
BSS30090 Noise Suppression and Dual Rate, Codecs

BSS40000 BTS Commissioning with SiteWizard
BSS30110 Local Transmission Equipment Management
BSS30115 Lb CITA method capacity 5 LR/Min per BSC

BSS30120 Lb BSC-AGPS method capacity 5 LR/Min per BSC

BSS30125 Support for U-TDOA system in Lb

BSS30130 Lb BSC/US UTDOA method capacity 5 LR/Min per

BSC
BSS30135 GSM-WCDMA Interworking Handover
BSS30140 WCDMA-GSM Interworking Handover
BSS30145 Idle Mode Support for Packet Switched

BSS30150 Idle Mode Support for Circuit Switched
BSS30155 Cell Reselection for Packet Switched Mode
BSS30160 Inter System handover for CS
BSS30220 MS Autonomous Cell Selection, Reselection
BSS30330 Full Rate (FR) Basic Speech
BSS30400 GSM Voice & Extension Package
BSS30405 PS Data Package
BSS30415 Common Control Channel Package

BSS30420 Trace & Security package
BSS30430 BTS Configuration Package
BSS40030 TX Combining and Duplexing

BSS40020 EasyWizard
BSS40040 Duplexer with Combining Bypass
BSS40060 Remote Tune Combining (RTC)
BSS40050, BSS05820 Duplexer with Wideband Combining (WBC)
BSS40070 TX Power Adjustment
BSS40080 Mast Head Amplifier (MHA)
BSS40090 Maximum Ratio Combining (MRC)
BSS40100 Interference Rejection Combining (IRC)
BSS40140 SW Package Management and SW Download
BSS40110 BTS External Alarms and Controls
BTS2039 Online BTS Software Loading

BSS5070 Change Delivery Management
BSS5860 Duplicated Transmission Card
A Interface
Gb Interface
Abis Interface
Lb Interface
Q3 Interface
CBC Interface (BSC-CBC)
Synchronisation on System Level
Integrated LAN in BSC3i
SS7 Links
LAPD Links
PCU and (E) GPRS Radio Resources Control
Internal Synchronisation of BSC3i
PCU Characteristics
PCU and Gb, Abis (RLC/MAC) Interfaces
PCU Integrated in BSC
Speech Coding
PCU2 Software Architecture
Functionality of TCSM2
Software of TCSM2A and TCSM2E
Interfaces of TCSM2A and TCSM2E
PCM Line Interfaces to MSC and BSC
MMI Terminal Interface
External Synchronisation Interfaces
Wired Alarm Input in TRCO
A Interface Circuit Pool Switching
Resource Allocation and Release
Frame Synchronization
Transmission and Reception of Idle Frames
Time Alignment of Speech Frames
Discontinuous Transmission Functionality
Data Transmission
Operation and Maintenance
Supervision of Interfaces
Loop Tests
BSC Software
Synchronisation of TCSM2
BSC Overload Protection Mechanisms
Protection against High Load of Paging Messages
Overload Protection against High (RACH) Load
GSM Standard Specified Overload Protection
Paging Message Overflow at BTS
Access Grant Message Overflow at BTS
Processor Protection against High PS RACH Load
PCU Overload Protection
Measurement Data File Handling
Performance Measurements
Call Control Measurements (CSW)
Traffic Measurement (1)
Resource Availability Measurement (2)
Resource Access Measurement (3)
Handover Measurement (4)
Power Control Measurement (5)
Load Measurement (5)
Availability Measurement (7)
BSC Level Clear Code Measurement (50)
OSI/X.25 Measurements (8)
BSC Level Clear Code (PM) Measurement (51)
Underlay Overlay Statistics Measurement (52)
Resource Availability per BSC Measurement (56)
BSC Level Clear Code (SERLEV) Measurement (57)
Non-BCCH Layer Offset Measurement (92)
UTRAN Handover Adjacent Cell Measurement (93)
UTRAN Neighbouring Cell Signal Level Measurement (94)
BSC-BSC Measurement (102)
SDCCH Observation (16)
TCH Observation (17)
Handover Observations (18)
Radio Measurement Report (21)
Clear Code Observation (22)
Hardware Supervision
DMR Measurement (62)
DN2 Measurement (63)
TRU/BIE Measurement (64)
ET BSC Measurement (65)
ET TCSM Measurement (66)
TRE Measurement (68)
Selective TRE Measurement (69)
Supervision of Software
Recovery
Supervision of Semi-Permanent Connections
Fault Recovery
Fault Location
Fault Management (FM)
BSC External Alarms and Controls
on.
sure and use.
Feature description
The health check framework generates a comprehensive
and compact snapshot of system health into a single
report to check the AirScale BSC health before starting a
maintenance
activity or to check the AirScale BSC status when some
issues are suspected.
The health report, also known as the brief report, takes up
to three minutes to generate and is displayed as the MML
command output. It does not store on the disk.
The Radio Resource Management Counter Warming

Enhancement feature introduces warming support for
Radio Resource Monitoring (RRM) counters to prevent KPI
discrepancies during RRMU/MCMU switchover and
RRMU/MCMU spare unit restart.
The RG302466: A5/4 Ciphering feature introduces the new

ciphering algorithm called A5/4 in BSS for CS calls and
SMSs. It provides better privacy than other A5 versions
encryptions with 128-bit long ciphering key.
Also, this feature introduces the new user-configurable
timer to CS call setup procedure (including CSFB), which
allows the BSC to wait for Classmark Change message from
MS before sending Ciphering Mode Command to MS. This
maximizes the chances to select the stronger ciphering
algorithm (A5/4 or A5/3) during call setup, if MS is capable
of the same. This requirement makes BSC not to select the
A5/1 algorithm accidentally during the call setup if MS is
supporting A5/3 or A5/4 algorithms.
The RG302753: HO relations enhancement feature
increases the number of configured neighbor cells for a
BTS from 32 to a maximum of 64.
Currently, BSC is supporting 32 GSM and WCDMA neighbor
cells under a BTS. Handovers between GSM to GSM and
GSM to WCDMA can be performed to these configured 32
neighbor cells. This feature increases the number of
configured neighbors for a BTS from 32 to 64. In case of
GSM adjacencies, only 32 unique frequencies are
supported. Also, the number of defined WCDMA neighbor
cells increases from 32 to 64. In case of WCDMA
adjacencies, only 32 unique frequencies are supported.
The RG302802: Enhanced call re-establishment rate with

ZTE core feature introduces a new timer for BSC, which
delays the CLEAR REQUEST sent from BSC in case of a
CONNECTION FAILURE or ERROR INDICATION or RELEASE
INDICATION before a DISCONNECT message is received
from MS or MSC. The delay introduced by the timer helps
the MSC keep the call context intact while the MS tries for
re-establishment, resulting in a successful call re-
establishment.
The RG302813: Flexible DSCP support in Flexi BSC/mcBSC

feature enables the user to configure the DSCP parameter
with a wide range of values between 0 and 63.
The RG302818: 2G-4G fast return with user differentiation
feature is an enhancement to RG301854: Fast return to
LTE feature. This feature improves interworking between
GSM and LTE in terms of reduced delay for LTE-capable
mobile station to move to LTE after being served in CS
domain in GSM. If mobile is LTE-capable, the BSC provides
LTE neighbor data to MS during channel release so that
mobile can move directly to LTE after the call is released.
This feature also provides the facility to pack the external
operator LTE neighbor cell information, when a call is
released with external operator PLMN.
Currently, with roaming agreements, an external operator
subscriber can continue calls from 3G RAT or 4G RAT of its
network to the 2G network. But the same subscriber
cannot be transferred back to its own network after the
call release.
With the existing features - RG301854: Fast return to LTE,
BSS21213: Multi-Operator BSS and RG301777: MOCN
Rel10 Support, there is no provision to inform the external
operator neighbor cell information to the User Equipment
(UE).
Therefore the RG302818: 2G-4G fast return with user
differentiation feature overcomes the above-mentioned
limitation as follows:
• User can define an external operator Public Land Mobile
Network (PLMN) to identify subscribers of the network.
• Operator can configure LTE neighbor cells of the external
operator separately from own LTE adjacencies.
• BSC provides the external operator LTE neighbor
information to the subscribers of configured LTE operator,
in Individual Priorities IE in the CHANNEL RELEASE
message, sent to the UE.
The RG302652: WB-AMR Enhancement feature adds

enhancements to the existing BSS20960: WB AMR feature.
Wideband Adaptive Multi-rate (WB AMR) is based on a
family of speech codecs, which is designed to achieve
improvements in speech quality by extending the speech
bandwidth.
The sampling rate used by WB AMR is twice the sampling

rate used in other AMR voice services in mobile and fixed
line telephony. The WB AMR codec set supported by BSS
consists of 12.65 kb/s, 8.85 kb/s and 6.60 kb/s codec rates.
In a Mobile Station (MS) power control, the fixed-power-
change step size is default. However, if the signal level is
higher than the threshold Receiver Signal Level (RxLev), the
transmission power of the MS decreases to a reasonable
power level to avoid interference by using the variable-
power-change step size.
It is observed that the sudden power reduction by

variable-power-change step size causes issues like call
drops in the network, leading to degradation. The
RG302697: Improved Uplink Power Control for CS Calls
feature is introduced to reduce these issues, allowing
operator flexibility to have fixed-power-change step size
power control reduction in uplink.
The RG302749: Lean GSM Operability Improvements

feature introduces additional Lean GSM enhancements to
the existing RG302585: Lean GSM Solution feature.
The RG302770: Enhancements to BSCLogCol tool feature

provide an enhancement to the BSCLogCol tool with
additional functionalities and updates to the existing way
of BSC log collection.
The RG602655: BSC Security hardening feature defines the
security hardening functionalities in the BSC and NetAct
network elements.
The RG602695: BSC upgrade time improvement feature

improves the BSC software upgrade procedure by reducing
the overall time for the upgrade.
The SR002473: MOBSS interworking with Lean GSM

feature supports the RG302585: Lean GSM Solution
feature with MORAN.
You can activate the RG302585: Lean GSM Solution feature

with Multi-Operator BSS (MOBSS) network sharing.
The SR002532: Low Power Call Handling with GSM LTE DSS
feature improves the performance at GSM and LTE in the
RP001783: Dynamic Spectrum Sharing GSM-LTE feature by
introducing the following enhancements:
• Prioritizing allocation of low-power usage GSM in shared
spectrum and high-power usage GSM in GSM dedicated
spectrum (only DFCA allocations).
• Sending notification of shared spectrum allocations (for
all hopping modes) to only own cell (also interfering own
BCF overlapping cells) in case of low-power users.
Overlapping neighbour cells are notified only in case of
high-power users.
The RG302643 Nokia BSC-CBC Immediate Broadcast
Category introduces High priority category and Background
category CB messages in CBC and MMI.
The Short Message Service (SMS)-Cell Broadcast (CB) is a
telecommunication service, which broadcasts short
messages to GSM mobile stations in the specified area
within the public land mobile network (PLMN). BSC
supports the broadcast of CB messages from Man-Machine
Interface (MMI) and Cell Broadcast Centre (CBC). The
RG302643 Nokia BSC-CBC Immediate Broadcast Category
provides an opportunity for the Operator to select the
category of CB messages while the CB messages are being
broadcast. End user can receive the CB messages at the
earliest with High priority CB messages.
Note: With normal category messages, there is a delay of 4
seconds to 30 seconds while receiving the messages. Users
receive the CB messages at the earliest with high priority
CB messages.
The RG302647: Clear Voice feature improves voice quality

by improving receiver quality and Mean Opinion Score
(MOS) inherently. This is possible with the following
functions:
• Um (Air interface of GSM) Adaptive Interference
Suppression (AIS)
Adaptive uplink signal processing algorithms to adhere
with dynamic channel conditions (example, presence of co
or adjacent channel interference) and to improve the
uplink voice quality.
• Um interface speech frame repairing
Iterative decoding to repair the uplink speech frame for
uplink voice quality improvement.
• Smooth voice call hand over
Downlink voice quality improvements for full rate Adaptive
Multi-Rate (AMR) Circuit Switched (CS) calls when hand
over is scheduled.
The RG302648: Improved Call Setup Time feature allows
the operator to reduce the overall call setup time with the
introduction of the additional signalling for features like CS
fall-back.
The RG302648: Improved Call Setup Time feature is an
ON/OFF license-controlled feature. The BSC Operations,
Administrations and Maintenance (OAM) configures a new
BCF level parameter Enable Improved Call Setup time and
sends to BSC Telecom to inform the status of the feature.
It supports five kinds of optimizations and the user can
select the required optimizations based on PRFILE
parameters which can beset/reset using MML commands.
Based on the parameters set, the corresponding
optimization applies in the call setup process.
The RG302659: Fast 2G BTS software download feature

enables Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) support for
faster BTS software download. The feature enables SFTP
connection only from BSC to BTS. The BSC acts as an SFTP
client and establishes the SFTP connection with BTS for
transferring software. The feature is available for Packet
Abis over Packet-Switched Network (PAoPSN) mode with
disabled satellite Abis signaling for FlexiMulti Radio and
FlexiMulti Radio 10. In FlexiMulti Radio this feature does
not support IP Security (IPSec).
The RG302756: New 2G MOCN counters per PLMN ID
feature introduces five new counters under MOCN_ENH
and MOCNPS measurement. The MOCN_ENH counters
allow the operator to see a clear split between voice, SMS,
MMS and USSD per operator-ID and MOCNPS counters
help in collecting statistics of PS data distribution among
operators.
The IPv4/IPv6 dual stack for mcBSC feature introduces

Dual Stack solution for all IP transport. In addition to the
IPv6 protocol support, simultaneous support of both IPv4
and IPv6 is an essential requirement for the BSS. The
migration from IPv4 to IPv6 networks depends on the
individual customer needs and preferences of the network
operators and service providers. Therefore, the BSS
network elements are prepared to support the traffic of
both IPv4 and IPv6 simultaneously.
The
The GSM flexi dual
IPv4/IPv6 BTS EM security
stack hardening
for mcBSC feature feature
is the in GSM
19 addresses user security enhancements
recommended solution for IPv4 to IPv6 migration on the GSM
and BTS.
This feature introduces a new alarm at the
transition period. The IPv6 support required only on the BSC when the
BTS
BSC gets locked.
external The following
interfaces, security
the protocol provisions
version included
applied at
in this feature
network element offer improved
internal security
interfaces forchosen
are user based on
information.
the implementation.
• Login duration between two retries: Configurable
•The Number
dual stackof unsuccessful login attempts:
migration strategy makes the Configurable
transition
fromNote:theWhen
core to thethe
number
edge. unsuccessful
In the BSC this login attempts
involves enabling
exceed the configured limit, the account
two IP protocol stacks on the core routers, then gets locked and
perimeter
an alarm is raised at the BSC.
routers like BSC site routers and finally in the BSC network
•elements.
Account In lockout duration:the
this approach, Configurable
tunneling migration
•method
Maximum is nottime for login
required. Dualretries:
stack Configurable
is chosen over the
Note: Connection
tunneling approach is forclosed
the 2G when the maximum
network timetofor
for migration
login
IPv6. retries exceeds the configured limit.
• Display of unsuccessful login attempts: On successful
login, the number of unsuccessful login attempts is
displayed.
• Disconnect idle administrative sessions: Configurable
Note: When the Element Manager (EM) is not in
operation for the configured time period, the EM gets
locked.
Note: These configurations are done on the Element
Manager or NetAct user interface.
The PCU software supports a maximum 32 Network
Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) configurations on Gb
interface. Within BSC, the maximum configuration also
means that a maximum of 32 NSEs is supported per PCU or
PCU Pool.
The functionality of the feature is license based.
When the enhancement on Multipoint Gb license is

activated or enabled, operator can create and configure
more than eight NSEs.
When the license is disabled or expired, PCU or PCU pool

reverts to eight NSE multipoint Gb configuration.
A GPRS or EGPRS or EDGE subscriber attached to a pool-

area need not change the serving of SGSN to a wider pool
area. This reduces the following:
• Intra CN (within pool) signalling
• Additional signalling to RAN node (BSC)
With the introduced feature, signalling PDUs IDENTITY-

REQUEST and IDENTITY-RESPONSE is reduced between
BSC and SGSN.
Note: Even though RG302666 feature increases the

number of connected SGSNs, it does not increase the scale
or capacity from BSC. Current maximum traffic is evenly
distributed with the increased number of SGSNs.
The fast power control feature is implemented to reduce

the cluster level interference to improving the QoS/MOS
for users in the cluster.
The existing BSC-based power control mechanism is slow

to react to link level changes. The BTS based power control
is used to modulate the BSC commanded power levels by
reducing the overall transmit power.
The BTS receives faster inputs regarding changing dynamic

radio link conditions based on the AMR codec rates used
by the individual UEs. The BTS increases or decreases the
power of individual UEs based on the robustness of the
AMR codec used during FR/HR calls in Downlink (DL) for
TCH and BCCH layer TRXs.
The GSM 19 release upgrade license feature must be
installed and activated before using the GSM 19 features.
When the GSM 19 release upgrade license feature is in ON

state in the BSC, and sufficient TRX capacity is available,
the operator gets access to the latest GSM 19 features and
is able to upgrade the GSM 18 maintenance package.
The GSM 19 release upgrade license feature is based on

the TRX capacity of BSC.
The BSC security enhancements for Release 19 impacts

multiple network elements such as BSC, BTS and NetAct.
The security hardening enhancements provided with this
feature are detailed in the following paragraphs:
• BSC MMI user account hardening
The maximum number of characters for the BSC MMI user
account has been increased from 6 to 16. The minimum
number of characters supported for the username remains
as 3.
The BSC MMI user account can contain lowercase (small)
and uppercase (CAPITAL) alphabets, numbers from 0 to 9
and the underscore (“_”) symbol.
The BSC also hardens the username login when the user
tries to log in to the Packet Control Unit (PCU) and
Exchange Terminal Packet (ETP) units by using the ST
(Service Terminal) command.
Likewise, in the Centralized User Authentication and
Authorization (CUAA) function of NetAct, the maximum
number of characters for the username or account name
has been increased from 6 to 16 and the minimum number
of characters is 3.
• Confidentiality, Privacy, and Encryption
This feature now ensures that password information, is
transferred securely between the NetAct, BSC and BTS
using password encryption and decryption, for FTP and
FTAM file transfer methods Password encryption is an
enhancement over the previous method where the
password was shared as plain text, exposing it to network
vulnerabilities.
• Communications filtering using ACL, local firewalls or
wrappers
This feature allows communication filtering of Flexi BSC
ETP units (ETPE/A/B and PCU) using Access Control List
(ACL) in ETP units. The ACL filtering does not allow
unknown external IP addresses to connect to the ETP
interfaces.
The flexible commissioning for symmetric TRX and MOBSS
allocation feature enables symmetric allocation of TRX,
forceful symmetric allocation avoids the impact of power
loss in RF modules.
The current resource allocation algorithm at BTS is not

efficient in some cases. The TRX allocation must be
controlled in the radio antennas. The flexible
commissioning for symmetric TRX and MOBSS allocation
feature enables forceful symmetric allocation of TRX on
radio antennas.
Inefficient TRX distribution in RF sharing configuration GSM

4/4/4 x 20W + LTE 1/1/1 x 20W 10 MHz MIMO 2x2 with
two FXEB RF modules.
The multiple IP addresses on CS core interfaces for

network sharing feature separates the core network user
plane traffic of different operators at BSC interface when
multiple operators are sharing the BSS.
The multiple IP addresses on CS core interfaces for

network sharing feature enables the separation of IP traffic
towards CS core networks for operators sharing the BSS.
This is achieved by routing traffic through separate
network interfaces (VLAN) mapped with Operator Tag
parameter to allow separate destination in the core
network.
The BSC troubleshooting enhancements feature sends

critical error messages and statistics to the Log Monitoring
Program Block (LMTPRB) of Operation and Maintenance
Unit (OMU).
The IKEv2 and DH group 14/15 for IPSec feature integrated
IP Security Protocol (IPSec) implementation in BSC OMU
for M-Plane to NetAct. The Q3 interface between NetAct
and BSC is based on Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
over IP protocols. It is a clear text interface, IPSec applies
to secure this interface. This feature is for security
enhancement about current IPSec features regarding Q3
interface.
Compared with IKEv1, IKEv2 is more secure and more

reliable, it has fewer exchanged messages and supplies
more features.
The BTS site manager support for MS Windows 10 feature

enables Microsoft Windows 10 Operating System (OS) 32-
bit and 64-bit versions for Flexi EDGE BTS, Flexi Multi Radio
BTS, and Flexi Multi Radio 10 BTS. The operators and
subcontractors must use two separate laptops as Nokia
GSM BTS Element Manager cannot operate on Microsoft
Windows 10 OS and the other applications are not
supported by older OS variants.
The FHFB support in classical LTE-GSM RF sharing (GF)

software feature supports Flexi RRH 4T4R 1900MHz 160W
(FHFB) in GSM-LTE RF sharing in 4T4R mode.
FHFB is 4T4R Corona Platform (GAIA+) based RRH which is

added to FSMr4 BTS architecture. FHFB is two GAIAs RRH
which is based on hardware version 4.0.
The supported platforms are as follows:

• GSM-FSMF (103 onwards)
• LTE-FSMF or AirScale
In RG30/BSS15, several CS codecs are muliplexed already

to a single IP packet in order to save bandwidth.; Similar
gains can be achieved with multiplexing several PS data
codecs to single IP packet. The attached calculation shows
that savings for PS data traffic of up to 47% (Ethernet) and
up to 19% (TDM) can be achieved. (with assumed codec
distribution and up to 12 codecs per IP packet.; Please
refer to attached slideset; This feature has been required
by TMO US in autum 2008.; It has been skipped in RG20
due to effort reasons and since EGPRS2 has been delayed,
the importance of this is increased.
The requirement is to support Preventive Troubleshooting
Frame work setup. The logs should be transferrable from
BSC to any configurable third party customer server,
without the constraint of the file-size. This reduces outage
times, error correction times and service effort from
customer and NSN.
BTS FD SW package can be downloaded and activated

without BTS site visit from NetAct SW Manager and BSC to
GSM Flexi Multiradio 10 BTS.
This feature introduces globally unique GSM Call Identifier

in order to enable combining of multiple BSC L3 messages
for CS call analysis purposes.
Current BCCH Energy Saving allows only upto 2db

power reduction that too on TSL 1-6. CI analysis for similar
solutions shows Nokia is lagging behind in this area as upto
8db reduction (including TSL 7) is supported by competitor
product.
EC-GSM is the GERAN Evolution for Internet of Things.

Primary objective is to support low cost GSM based
devices with extended coverage. EC-GSM allows coverage
extension to 154db (MCL) with 33dbm PA. It is expected to
be a SW upgrade on GSM platforms.
Feature deploys SFTP for all O&M traffic between

BSC and remote hosts e.g. NetAct
Feature is already planned to be supported as part of EC-

EGPRS features RG302534 . Proposal here is to make this
as separately licenced feature so new Request and FP as
this is decoupled from EC-GSM IoT(EC-EGPRS) in 3GPP.
Extedned DRX for EC-EGPRS allows to have larger eDRX
cycles for such devices when listening to paging. eDRX
benefits are realisable to reduced activity devices and
more suited to infrequent UE originated nature of data.
Ultimate goal is to improve devices battery life that is one
of the key goals of 3GPP study objective for MTC type
devices aka Cellular IoT.
Extedned DRX GSM allows to have larger eDRX
cycles for such devcies when listening to paging. eDRX
benefits to reduced activity devices and more suited to UE
originated nature of data. For legacy devices the benefits
come through better battery performance, reduced
network traffic and congestion.
Many operators want to refarm majority of the availability

spectrum while still maintaining a Lean GSM network with
Max 6 TRX’s per site.Some operators are forced to
maintain GSM coverage to maintain M2M services only
(due to contractual obligations). GSM solution therefore
needed with minimal site solution changes & spectrum.
Simulations indicate with omni mode GSM transmission,
the BCCH channel requirements can be reduced
significantly to 7 channels only (1.4Mhz), 40% reduction vs
3-sectored deployment.
A CMST based solution could be used to broadcast BCCH
through all available pipes of single RFM (for omni mode).
The Release Upgrade License Key is mandatory for every

new GSM System Software Release.
Loose phase and time synchronization mechanism

provides a cost efficient solution for idle eRX/IoT to meet
the required "loose" sync accuracy in the range of 2
seconds with frequency/time synchronization sources
without having to upgrade transmission network for
IEEE1588-2008 nor install BTS with GNSS receiver.
FYGB current vendor annoused EOL for FYGB. Vendor

have succesor product in portfolio which could be used.
Main idea is still to find out the way, that new HW could
work as old FYGB with legacy feature set New unit needs
new SW to support new features.
Capacity improvement of AoIP interface by multiplexing
of several voice samples into bigger packets (RTP
multiplexing) and application of RTP header compression.
RTCP monitoring support to detect traffic break on A
interface has been implemented already now as a separate
feature in RG40/GSM15 (AoIP monitoring- RTCP support)
& hence RTCP monitoring is not part of this feature scope
as has been already implemented.
For idle mode cell reselection from GSM to UMTS, only

FDD frequency information of neighbours without related
spreading code and diversity information is broadcasted in
system information message.
FB activation in one single step, with minimum possible

recovery time of the RNV and whole system.
In RG30 EP1 (S16.1 step2) there was feature RG301828

BSC SYMPTOM DATA COLLECTION. With this feature
system collects PCU2 memory dump automatically to BSC
OMU in case of the PCU2 crash (1178 alarm)
Originally in this same feature there was similar
requirement for ETP and other Octeon based units as well,
but that was dropped by Product management decision
during the S16.1 Program. Mainly due to effort which was
too much.
CSFB Indication in Clear command is used to trigger Fast

Return to LTE with optional inhibition of GPRS Resume
procedure and RX level threshold parameters. New
counter is introduced for succeeded CSFB calls.
The Customer requirement is to have the SGSNs in pool
such that they are able to connect more than one SGSN
towards one BSC to have redundancy. And it should be
possible to distribute the MS load in various percentages
towards multiple SGSNs connected to one BSC.
The distribution should be as follows:
-It's required to have UNEVEN distribution of traffic
between SGSN's from BSC.
-In case of any SGSN fails, there should be automatic traffic
re-routing from BSC to other SGSN's in a pool.
Feature optimizes mcBSC embedded SW management

procedures with parallel eSW upgrade of BCN module eSW
components in mcBSC configuration. Additionally macro-
based mcBSC embedded SW upgrade procedure with
health and pre-check phases is introduced.
The Release Upgrade License Key is mandatory for every

new GSM System Software Release.
In Flexi BSC / BSC3i CPU and preprocessor ethernet link

status detection is based on carrier sensing. In case there is
connectivity problem on the switch, this method is not
adequate as it cannot trigger interface switchover. Using IP
level link supervision with ICMP ensures that this kind of
failureas are also detected and the LAN switching
resilience works as required.
This feature improves Flexi BSC internal LAN reliability and
is expected to provide means to reduce failures and
outages.
Evaluate BCCH super Reuse Extension feature

implementation possibility also on ESMx and SBTS
platforms.
Configuration management parameters are grouped

according to feature and function on NetAct CM Editor and
NetAct CM Plan Editor.
Customer BTS Manager does not provide tracing tools for
RSSI, VSWR, MHA current consumption, module
temperature and DAC word related issues making it
virtually impossible to do any preventive maintenance
work or to troubleshoot intermittent issues.
This feature shall support automated operator certificate

management according to 3GPP for multi-layer
hierarchical PKI - harmonized with LTE & WCDMA.
Network Resiliency for mcBSC improves the GSM network

availability by protecting controllers against exceptional
incidents. During a single mcBSC outage or in exceptional
and complete mcBSC site outage scenarios, backup mcBSC
can take over the responsibility and recover the radio
network operation.
Present Log Collection mechanism in BTS Manager is
complicated and time consuming. This feature aims to
improve the debugging time for field problems reported
by streamlining the log collection procedure.
Integrated CS Data Support (mcBSC) enables CS Data Rate

Adaptation functionalities in mcBSC ETMA functional unit
with AoIP, transcoding in MGW configuration. This SW
based solution enables opportunities to optimise the
existing network architecture supporting the functionality
with HW based mcTC implementation.
GSM Software support for new 6 pipe RFM planned with

GAIA+ ASIC , 6x60W. To be planned for release RG50.
GSM-LTE RF sharing to be supported. LTE support is
planned with RL70.
To be supported WITH FSMF system module and not for
ESMB/C.
Feature introduces PCU2 and PCUM support for Layer 3

data collection from BSC to external NSN L3 data analyzer
and its 3rd party interfaces.
This introduces the Release Upgrade License Key solution

for GSM16 level.
In the event of unavailability of the packet network the
SBTS makes use of TDM backhaul as fallback for GSM U-/C-
Plane. Thus GSM service continues.
The feature introduces a power saving mode for RF

sharing configurations by shutting down automatically
resources inside RF module based on low traffic conditions,
time of the day or operator defined profile.
Advanced receiver in VAMOS-2 handsets enable to use

OSC sub channel specific power control to boost DL for
allocating e.g. non SAIC handset in the same resource.
Antenna hopping improves the power and spectral

efficiency of multiradio.
SDCCH drop rate can be improved by filtering out RACH
bursts received in CCCH with lower RXLEV than than given
value of threshold parameter.
Remote upgrade support, short upgrade time, support of

parallel BSC upgrades.
MBB parameter management concept aims to reduce the

number of BSC DB parameters that operator has to plan
and manage to simplify network administration.
In RF Sharing deployments (GSM/LTE @1800MHz) support

of allocating GSM TRX in freed up LTE bandwidth when
configured for operation with 4.8Mhz channel
separation.With 5 MHz Carrier-to-carrier separation in
GSM / LTE refarming, there is a loss of traffic for GSM,
since one needs to keep the guard band at both the sides
of the carrier.
Narrow RF bandwidth provides additional protection
against/towards interference from other systems within
nominal LTE bandwidths (5, 10, 15 & 20 MHz).
User plane is monitored to detect traffic break.

Feature composes RTT reduction of several RLC/MAC
improvements.
Soft Sector Spliting is provided with two antennas of

halved beam width by bi-casting BCCH to both halves with
IDD and selecting the beam with lowest path loss for TCH
transmission based on signal estimations from uplink.
Operator may keep the frequency planning intact
and deploy the feature on logical BTS basis.
Enables TD LTE and FD LTE coexist and mobiles with

exclusive or inclusive capabilities supported.
An improvement in synchronization transfer of 1PPS&ToD

signal to provide extremely high accuracy phase and Time
synchronization between BTSs via 1PPS&ToD signal which
can be used for applications such as RF sharing
Allow support of Phase and Time synchronization for
features like LTE-A eICIC, LTE-A Inter eNB CoMP, DFCA, etc
in combination with RF sharing solution.
RSTP supports to include the BTS in Ethernet Ring

topologies with the main purpose of increased resiliency.
Additionally RSTP prohibits Layer 2 loops.
This feature introduces support for 3GPP Rel9 VAMOS
handsets.
Local Switching for Packet Abis introduces an integrated

capability to switch Intra-BTS / Inter-BTS (within a cluster)
calls locally without requiring any external hardware. The
feature is supported with both BSS21440, Packet Abis over
TDM (MLPPP) and BSS21454, Packet Abis over IP/Ethernet
scenarios and is therefore transport media independent.
Calls may be switched via the integrated ESMx Module
within the BTS equipment or alternatively via an external
router solution in the Transmission Network, depending
upon the topology and configuration of the transport
network.
With this feature, a dynamic PCU2 pooling capability is

introduced into the Radio Network.
This feature introduces integrated IP Security for Packet
Abis over Ethernet applications. IPSec Authentication
provides measures against "man in the middle" attacks and
is implemented for the CS- & PS-Userplanes; C-Plane and
M-Plane. IPSec Encryption measures ensure privacy
(against eavesdropping) and are implemented for the CS-
Userplane. IPSec Integrity measures provide protection
against unauthorised data modification for the CS- & PS-
Userplanes; C-Plane and M-Plane.
Packet Abis IP/TDM Aggregation realises bandwidth

savings through a statistical multiplexing function for
chained Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio BTSs employed
within a Packet Abis over TDM configuration scenario. A
pooling of all
transmission resources is thus realised, providing a
capability beyond that possible with simple grooming.
A multi-stage aggregation function is realised (at the
selected nodes of the chain), which maximises the
efficiency of the solution.
Handsets not indicating support for DARP i.e. support SAIC

for voice may be allocated into OSC channel, if they pass
the capability test with a momentarily QPSK transmission.
2G MOCN
Remote and NE integrated symptom collection mechanism
for BSC and mcBSC. When symptom data is needed from
NE only one MML command is needed to collect the
symptoms which can then downloaded from NE with for
example FTP. Or automatically trasfrerred to NetAct.
This feature adds several TRX test failure reasons on the

BSC side in order to improve the TRX Test results.
Therefore the test results are much more detailed than
before. This feature makes the test results in BSC at the
same level as in Element Manager.
This feature adds several output data to the VSWR and

RSSI measurements in order to improve the analysis of
Antenna and cable problems.
When LTE MS is first moved from LTE to GSM with CSFB
procedure or SRVCC handover for a CS call, it can be then
quickly returned back to LTE after a TCH release with an
optional Cell Selection Indicator IE in Channel Release
message. In that case LAU or RAU procedures with
additional delay and signalling load can be avoided.
Target to improve effect of MCPA BTS Intelligent PA

shutdown in two ways:
1. Change the feature from BSW to ASW, add LK control in
order to collect money from opperator.
2. Add BSC control on the traffic allocation to free more PA
for shutdown.
RG602213: OSC Multiplexing Enhancements contains two

improvements that are aiming at increasing the OSC
multiplexing algorithm performance:
Progressive OSC Multiplexing Quality Threshold
OSC Multiplexing and Demultiplexing thresholds for DL and

UL
Ext 1 PPS+ToD Synch Support for Flexi BTS helps in
receiving the 1PPS+TOD synchronization input directly
from the BTS site that helps to bypass the LMUB or GPS
receiver for co-sited sites
RG301881: IMSI Tracing Enhancement for CS -feature is an
enhancement of the existing IMSI trace and observation
functionality.
This feature introduces one new report type CS L3

Message, which is triggered by both trace and observation.
The existing radio measurement report which is currently
triggered by trace can also be triggered by observation
function in this feature. A new parameter is available for
trace report creation and MML/NetAct activation for new
observation types.
The feature ‘Energy Efficient Coverage’ feature provides a

new licence to control the IDD functionality in Flexi
Multiradio and Flexi Multiradio 10 site types. It enhances
the system efficiency with two TX antennas per sector.
The feature, ”BSS21515 Ethernet OAM Support” provides a

standard mechanism to detect, localize faults, and monitor
Ethernet based networks thereby improving the Ethernet
end to end solution.
Operation, Administration and Maintenance (OAM)

support is provided for both link layer (single link between
two neighbor nodes) and service layer (end-to-end). BSC
supports link layer Ethernet OAM whereas, BTS supports
both link layer and service layer OAM.
Ethernet OAM support is based on the following
standards:
Link Layer OAM - IEEE 802.3ah
Service Layer OAM - IEEE 802.1ag and ITU-T Y.1731
Ethernet OAM Support is controlled with a BCF capacity

license.
The feature "BSS402073: Admission Control for EGPRS"
allows the operator to do QoS differentiation for GPRS and
EGPRS subscribers at temporary block flow (TBF)
establishment in such a manner that low priority TBFs are
more easily rejected in high traffic load situations than
high priority TBFs. This ensures that high priority
subscribers are more likely getting service in congestion
situation than low priority subscribers. The idea of the
Admission Control for EGPRS feature is to block some new
TBFs at TBF establishment in high traffic load situation,
rather than admitting all TBFs in and dropping some
ongoing TBFs in case of congestion. This increases the
probability that the already admitted subscribers are able
to complete their data transfer successfully and thus less
radio resources are wasted on uncompleted data transfers.
This feature provides Node Level/TRX level KPI monitoring

with CMST Cells
This feature improves the RRH chaining
This feature enhances current RRH loop protection feature

in RG30
BSS shall support Phase based Timing over Packet

IEEE1588-2008 synchronization, aka BSS ToP
This feature will help to provide precise 1 PPS+ToD synch

input from an external GPS receiver without connecting
the LMUB using FYGA GPS Antenna and receiver assembly,
to implement DFCA.
The feature RG301737: Inter System NCCR for LTE
introduces the Inter-System Network-Controlled Cell
Reselection (IS-NCCR) functionality from GSM to Long
Term Evolution (LTE). This feature provides the possibility
for the network to order a cell re-selection from GSM to
LTE instead of the autonomous selection done by the
mobile station (MS) itself. Based upon this feature, the
network decides when the MS should change the cell and
what the target cell should be. This feature is controlled
with ON/OFF license.
The RG301856: Precise UL Interference Measurement

feature facilitates the frequency planning for the operator
by measuring uplink interference levels for frequencies
specified by the operator. Precise UL Interference
Measurement is executed for one TRX per segment which
is known as the Test TRX. The uplink interference
measurement results for a segment are saved on a file for
further analysis by MML and on a CSV file for analysis by
an external tool.
The feature "RG602125: High Speed Rail HO" is an
enhancement of the “RG602124: Composite Multi Site
Transmission” feature. In Composited Multi Site
Transmission feature, a BTS is connected to multiple
antennas that are not co-located and the BTS takes care of
mobility management between antennas. The High Speed
Rail HO feature provides a fast handover (HO) decision for
the mobile stations (MSs) that are travelling on high speed
train where the uplink signal level degrades rapidly. It
executes handover to one pre-defined GSM adjacent cell
when the serving composite cell coverage ends. It is
possible to define one GSM target adjacent cell for each of
the composited multi site cell nodes. High Speed Rail
handover to a pre-defined adjacent cell is performed
without any radio link measurements of the pre-defined
adjacent cell. Composited Multi Site Transmission feature
is needed as a base to provide composite cell structure.
The feature RG301447 OSC and EDGE in the same BTS

enables the simultaneous use of OSC and EDGE in a logical
TRX of Flexi EDGE Rel.1 TRX HW.
The RG301837 OSC Remultiplexing feature introduces a
handover procedure where a call moving out of an
orthogonal subchannel (OSC) in an OSC call pair directly
joins another call as a new OSC call pair without going into
an idle channel as an AMR connection.
With the OSC Remultiplexing feature the target is always

to do the OSC unpacking handover (also known as
demultiplexing handover) for the stronger connection of
an OSC call pair.
OSC Remultiplexing will be applicable for both the OSC

Half Rate and the OSC Full Rate features. The supported
options are limited within each OSC variant, that is,
remultiplexing is possible from an OSC half rate connection
into another OSC half rate connection and from an OSC full
rate connection into another OSC full rate connection.
The RG602219: Nearest Offset BTSfeature offers a method

for utilizing the GSM frequencies that are close to the
resources of a neighboring network technology system.
With the RG602219: Nearest Offset BTS feature, an
operator introduces a special access criteria for using the
frequencies that are critical from the inter system
interference point of view. The operator also initiates extra
limitations for the transmission power on these
frequencies in uplink and downlink.
The purpose of this feature is to control the interference

caused by the GSM carriers to the LTE or WCDMA
frequency band and also to avoid consequences of
interference that is coming from the LTE/WCDMA
frequency band. An operator can allocate the GSM
frequencies that are next to the LTE/WCDMA band to a
specific BTS object or a Mobile Allocation (MA) frequency
list and define for them the maximum transmission power
for both uplink and downlink. The feature introduces
access criteria for the Nearest Offset BTS (NOB) resources
and an intra cell handover from the Nearest Offset BTS
(NOB) resources based on downlink signal level
This is a capacity licence for further controlling the use of
the feature BSS21309 OSC Half Rate with SAIC MS.
The capacity licence is defined as the number of virtual
OSC Half Rate channels. This corresponds to the number of
multiplexed OSC Half Rate call pairs that the operator can
have with the licence. The BSC performs the OSC Half Rate
multiplexing only when the feature state is ON and there is
unused licence capacity available.
This feature introduces a new TRX level measurement,

providing BSS performance monitoring data for the
transmission power path loss on the Air interface.
stem (CMAS)
Dynamic Abis reduces operator Abis transmission costs.

Abis resources for packet data are reserved dynamically
depending on the needed user throughput. Fixed Abis may
require up to 5 times more capacity than Nokia
GPRS/EDGE Dynamic Abis.
This feature introduces support for a single PCU restart in
the BSC.
The Inter-BSC Network Assisted Cell Change (IB-NACC)

feature is an extension to the existing BSS11.5 feature,
Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC). Currently, NACC
supports cell changes executed among cells which are
under the control of a single BSC. IB-NACC extends the
benefits introduced with NACC to all of the cells across the
entire GSM/EDGE network. IB-NACC is based on the 3GPP
Release 5 RAN Information Management (RIM) protocol
and the NACC RIM application.
This feature introduces a new configurable power saving
mode for BCCH TRXs in Flexi EDGE BTSs and in UltraSite
BTSs.
Inter System NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change),

IS-NACC, enables an RNC to request NACC reports from a
GSM/EDGE BSC. The NACC information is used when an
Handset executes a cell change from a WCDMA Cell to a
GSM/EDGE Cell. Note that for the opposite case, the BSC
does not request NACC reports from an RNC since this
does not impact the actual cell reselection outage time.
The RG10 (BSS) Release feature set encompasses a

significant capability for minimising power consumption
and consequently reducing operator OPEX costs. With the
RG20 (BSS) Release, this new feature builds upon the RG10
(BSS) capability, further reducing the BTS power
consumption through adapting the voice call allocation
procedure such that allocation to the BCCH TRX is also
based upon the Downlink received signal level information.
The Automatic EDAP Reallocation in PCU feature removes
the need for manual (MML) actions related to EDAP
modifications. It enables an automatic reallocation of only
those timeslot allocations of the logical PCM (within the
PCU) which are impacted by EDAP changes. Further, it
optimises the usage of the RG20 (BSS) PCU Restart
Handling feature capability.
Through this new feature, the BSC automatically minimises
the number and duration of PS Data service outages
resulting from EDAP changes.
A number of P-GSM / E-GSM feature enhancements have

already been provided in earlier software releases. This
feature complements these through combining the P-GSM
and E-GSM frequency bands into one and removing the
specific handling previously required for P-GSM only
handsets.
Orthogonal Sub Channel (OSC) introduces a doubling of
the
voice channel capacity, such that with the new RG20 (BSS)
feature, OSC Half Rate with SAIC MS, four users can now
share the same radio Timeslot. Only SAIC and AMR support
are required from the Handset.
The increase in voice channel capacity is realised through
the adoption of a quaternary modulation scheme in the
Downlink and utilising spatially orthogonal sub-channels in
the Uplink. These two solutions, combined with AMR,
enable the possibility to serve two Handsets which support
single antenna interference cancellation (SAIC),
simultaneously in a single radio traffic channel.
OSC not only introduces a step change in network capacity,
it is achieved in a very energy efficient manner, reducing
the total energy requirement at the BTS, saving further
OPEX costs for the operator.
This feature enables a faster, automated integration of

new Flexi EDGE BTSs into the BSS network, generally
eliminating the requirement to use the standard download
device. For cases where there are Radio transmission hops
or the PCM line is shared between BTSs, the standard
download device must be utilised, however, the
integration is nevertheless faster and less prone to error.
BSS21325, 8k TRAU for OSC AMR FR enables the possibility
to activate two OSC AMR Full Rate Calls within the fixed
transmission allocated for a single radio Timeslot using a
legacy Abis connection.
The two OSC AMR Full Rate Calls are transferred inside the
legacy Abis transmission allocated for a single radio
Timeslot (that is 2x 8kbit/s Abis Timeslots) when 8kbit/s
TRAU Frames are used on the Abis and AMR CODECs are
limited to 7.4k (that is, 7.4k, 5.9k or 4.75k) for the OSC Full
Rate Call. The OSC-0 Call is transferred in the first half and
the OSC-1 Call transferred in the second half of the Abis
Timeslot.
The Precise Paging feature enhances the signaling capacity

of the CCCH channel by initially sending the mobile device
paging messages to a cell and its neighbouring cells instead
of the whole Location Area (LA) or Routing Area (RA) based
on the cell level location register kept by the BSC. If the
mobile device is not responding within a given period e.g.
couple of seconds, then paging is sent also towards other
cells in LA or RA.
This feature enhances the territory handling procedures
such that by default an operator is able to maintain a
smaller PS territory, which may then be extended upon
requirement - when a Downlink Dual Carrier (DL DC)
capable terminal enters the cell.
GSM/EDGE - LTE Interworking consists of several possible

mobility procedures:
The RG20 (BSS) Release supports LTE Interworking through

the LTE System Information feature, which enables the
operator to introduce neighbouring LTE cell and parameter
information into the BSS. Once configured, Handsets will
then be able to execute an autonomous Cell Reselection
from a GSM cell to an LTE cell (when the Handset is in
either the idle state or packet idle state).
The Inter System NACC for LTE solution extends the NACC
support to include GSM/EDGE - LTE Interworking,
providing a similar improvement as is realised for the Inter
System NACC (WCDMA) solution.
Inter System NACC for LTE enables the LTE RAN to request
NACC reports from a GSM/EDGE BSC. The NACC
information is used when a Handset executes a cell change
from an LTE Cell to a GSM/EDGE Cell. Note that for the
opposite case, the BSC does not request NACC reports
from the LTE RAN since this does not impact the actual cell
reselection outage time.
The LTE RAN sends the necessary neighbour cell System

Information messages to the Handset in the serving cell
before the actual cell change occurs, therefore, the TBF
can be established quickly in the target cell.
This feature increases the network availability for service

through reducing the downtime required for a controlled
BSC restart.
The feature BSS21389, A5/1 Cipher Enhancement - SDCCH

HO was introduced in the BSS13 system release. This new
feature provides an additional security enhancement for
the generally employed A5/1 ciphering solution as well as
the
A5/3 security mechanism and mitigates the risks
associated with a potential "cracking" of the standard A5/1
mechanism, which employs a fixed pattern filling bits
sequence.
Since the radio conditions of the individual carriers
belonging to a Downlink Dual Carrier configuration are
different, it is beneficial to adapt the used MCS coding
schemes separately.
This feature enables the possibility for Packet Abis to be

used across Satellite Links (either TDM or Ethernet based).
Packet Abis is robust to the impairments introduced by
Satellite links.
The feature Packet Abis Sync. ToP IEEE1588v2 provides a

further synchronisation option for Packet Abis over
IP/Ethernet networking scenarios.
Timing over Packet (IEEE1588v2) is a transparent

synchronisation solution for Packet Switched Networks,
where a standardised protocol is employed to
transparently synchronise base stations across Layer 2 or
Layer 3 networks. The protocol utilised is IEEE1588v2
(which is also known as the Precision Timing Protocol or
PTP). The Timing over Packet (ToP) Server Clock is located
at the BSC and provides the synchronisation information to
the BTSs Sites. The integrated BTS capability (or ToP Slave
Clock) recovers the clock signal from the Timing over
Packet data it receives.
This fully integrated feature enables the transport of Abis
information using native IP over Time Division Multiplexed
(TDM) Networks.
Packet Abis offers a fully shared dynamic bandwidth with

a configurable upper limit. In order to avoid the situation
where PSN SLA agreements are violated (CIR, Committed
Information Rate) for Packet Abis over Ethernet, this
feature detects and reacts to congestion and also monitors
bandwidth usage. Further, it also enables efficient
overbooking for Packet Abis over IP/Ethernet and TDM.
Congestion reactions:
* PS Data and AMR CODEC Adaptation
* Handover
* Puncturing (defined discard of speech samples)
* Call Admission Control
This fully integrated feature enables the transport of Abis
information using native IP over Packet Switched Networks
(via Ethernet).
Flexi Multiradio BTS can pool MCPA power effectively in

order to maximize the utilization of transmitter output
power and the link budget in downlink.
The GSM-LTE Concurrent Mode operation is supported

through this feature. Common Multi-carrier Power
Amplifiers (MCPAs) are employed to simultaneously
transmit both the GSM and LTE signals via a common RF
Module.
The RG20 (BSS) Release enabled the possibility for OSC
Half Rate to be introduced into the network, providing
significant and otherwise unachievable, Capacity and
Spectral Efficiency improvements for the Operator. RG25
(BSS) now introduces OSC Full Rate for UltraSite, Flexi
EDGE and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.
Capacity for common control channel can be extended by

a adding one (or more) radio time slots for CCCH.
Since two 8kbit/s Abis Timeslots are required to support

the paired OSC Half Rate Calls (OSC-0 and OSC-1) with
BSS21309, then practically either a Packet Abis solution or
the Circuit Switched Dynamic Abis Pool (CSDAP) feature is
required in order to support the additional Abis capacity
that must be managed when employing OSC.
The feature Packet Abis Synchronous Ethernet provides a
further synchronisation option for Packet Abis over
IP/Ethernet networking scenarios.
Synchronous Ethernet is an end-to-end synchronisation

solution for packet based backhaul networks. It provides a
frequency synchronisation capability, but without time /
phase synchronisation. The solution employs the received
Ethernet signal edges, comparing the arrival times, and
then adjusts the clock signal accordingly.
There are two architecture options:

1. Transcoder function is located in the BSS - BSS21341
2. Transcoder function is located in the Core Network -
BSS30380
Note that the configuration of Legacy Abis and A over IP
with Transcoder in the Media Gateway (MGW) is a Feature
Candidate for the RG30 (BSS) Release (please see below
for details).
The feature "RG301666: (E)GPRS Downlink Power Control"
is introduced to decrease the interference in the system
that is caused due to progressive introduction of packet
switched (PSW) services in GSM networks.
"(E)GPRS Downlink Power Control" feature assists in

controlling the downlink transmit power on (E)GPRS
timeslots. The power control in DL transmission is done on
a block-by-block basis depending on the receiver’s channel
conditions. That is, if an MS is in good radio conditions, the
DL transmit power for this MS can be reduced. And if the
MS is in bad radio conditions, then the DL transmit power
for this MS can be increased. DL transmit power is reduced
in such a way that the MS’s throughput is not negatively
impacted, or at least not impacted significantly. This not
only reduces the interference in the radio network, but
also reduces the BTS Power consumption.
The BSS101411: Extended BCCH feature, the operator can

reduce the amount of SI2 quarter messages that are sent
in the normal BCCH channel. When this feature is in use,
all the individual SI2 quarter messages are sent in an
extended BCCH sub-channel instead of normal BCCH.
When the 3G/TD-SCDMA is deployed within the

GSM/EDGE network, this feature reduces the time that is
required for handovers and SI update to mobiles.
The "RG602124: Composited Multi Site Transmission"
feature introduces the concept of Composite Cell. BTS is
connected to multiple antennas (nodes) that are not co-
located. Composite cell is the cell of non co-located RRH
nodes. Coverage of the composite cell is union of coverage
areas of individual RRH nodes. With Composited Multi Site
Transmission feature, 6 nodes are allowed in Flexi
Multiradio BTS and 3 nodes are allowed in Flexi Multiradio
10 BTS. In Flexi Multiradio 10 BTS 3 additional nodes are
allowed when RG301978: GSM RF Chaining feature is
activated. This way the coverage is improved, without
increasing the number of cells, and number of handovers.
In order to minimize inter cell handovers, the non-co-
located antennas are merged into a single cell. This feature
enables to control the power of each antenna separately.
The feature is controlled with the license ‘Composited

Multi Site Transmission’ which is a TRX based capacity
license.
RX Level threshold is normalised by used DL TX power to

avoid ping-pong when traffic is pushed to other layer
already with high RX level.
In case of Multipoint Gb interface, BSC selects a SGSN

from available SGSNs for the messages sent from MS by
ignoring possibly faulty NRI.
In the feature "Instant QoS Signaling" the core network is

configured to tag DL PDUs that belong to a certain
signaling type of application and PCU allocates only one
radio timeslot (RTSL) for a Downlink (DL) Temporary Block
Flow (TBF) if the Protocol Data Units (PDUs) to be
transferred are tagged. By this the network efficiency is
improved as the signaling type of traffic consumes less
resources.
The “Real-time road traffic information” feature
(BSS21333) implements the collection of raw
measurements and data events in the BSC, and the
forwarding of these to an external VNP server. The VNP
server is linked to offline road information post-processing
servers (CUs), where this data is used to compute road
traffic information in real time.
The basic idea of this feature is that the car navigator that
uses this service can always compute the fastest way in
real time. No dedicated traffic management infrastructure
is needed.
The feature BSS402059 "Smart Resource Adaptation"

allocates only single timeslot (TSL) for new downlink
temporary block flow (DL TBF) by default, if the size of the
protocol data unit (PDU) to be transferred does not exceed
the threshold value. If the size exceeds the threshold
value, then the single slot allocation is changed to multislot
allocation by TBF reallocation.
This feature enhances the Extended Cell function through
extending the cell radius from the existing maximum of 70
km to up to 105 km. It is supported by the Flexi EDGE BTS
Base Station and is for CS Services only.
BSS21270, 105km Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE,
complements this feature and provides a similar capability
for PS Services.
The feature BSS21528 "ISHO acceleration via Iur-g"

improves the handover performance between the TD-
SCDMA RNC and the BSC by introducing enhanced
relocation procedures. With this feature, the target traffic
channel (TCH) in the GSM cell can be pre-allocated and the
mobile station (MS) can be commanded to the new TCH
while the mobile switching centre server (MSS) is
processing the MS relocation initiated by the RNC. Thus,
this feature reduces the handover duration time from 3G
to 2G.
The feature BSS21528 "ISHO acceleration via Iur-g" is

controlled by an ON/OFF type license key.
The feature BSS21527: "Load reporting to TD-RNC over Iur-
g" facilitates the sharing of information between the 2G
and the 3G networks using the Iur-g interface. The Iur-g is
an interface between the BSC and the RNC. It allows the
information exchange between these network elements.
The load sharing in the interface is initiated by the RNC.

The direction is from the BSC to the RNC only. This
interface is primarily implemented between the TD-
SCDMA RNC and the BSC. This feature required license
1824 or 1825 to configure through radio network
configuration.
The existing KPI improvement, BSS101467 Clear Request

Suppression is further improved by suppressing all clear
requests after "disconnect" -state.
This feature Increases step size of radio link time out

process in BS configurable parameter.
This feature allocates HR or AMR HR for lower tariff users.
A5/3 is a new, more secure; 3GPP standardized ciphering

method and is based on the same core algorithm as used
in WCDMA. Ciphering is performed by the BTS. BSC selects
the ciphering algorithm based on the information received
from the MSC and the information about allowed and
supported algorithms in the BSS and MS.
This feature introduces new logging functionality in BSC.
Circuit switched paging will reach handset in packet

transfer mode e.g. for streaming a music.
This feature optimizes HO signalling for AMR in order to

reduce the call drop rate for intracell handovers. The
number of intracell handovers may increase with the
utilisation of HR.
Wideband Adaptive multi rate (WB AMR) is a new speech
codec family. It is designed to achieve improvements in
speech quality by extending the speech bandwidth
Wide Band Adaptive Multi-Rate (WB-AMR) uses a twice as
high sampling rate compared to current voice services in
mobile and fixed line telephony. Together with higher
sampling frequency the transcoding algorithms are
improved as well in WB-AMR. Furthermore audio
capabilities of handsets e.g. with integrated MP3 players
are well ahead of AMR quality, thus motivating to improve
voice transfer capabilities as well. WB-AMR enhances both
low and high end of audio frequency band providing a
clearly warmer and more intimate sound.
WB-AMR codec set supported by BSS consists of 12.65,
8.85 and 6.60 kbps codec rates, which are currently the
same as in WCDMA RAN.
This feature introduces new energy saving mechanism for

FlexiEDGE BTS. With this feature operator can shutdown
Dual TRX to save energy (electricity) during the low traffic
times i.e night time.
This feature enhances the BSS support of TFO to also
include AMR in addition to the existing FR and EFR
support. It applies to both the TCSM3i and the NSN (ex-
Nokia) Ater-in-MGW solution. Tandem Free Operation
(TFO) is intended to avoid the traditional double speech
encoding/decoding (G.711 <->AMR) in MS to MS (2G) or
MS to UE (2G/3G), and thereby improving the voice quality
and potentially reducing the transport capacity need inside
the core network.
This feature provides new AMR quality and handover

parameters to avoid useless unpacking in intracell FR/HR
handovers.
The gains from the feature Dynamic Frequency and
Channel Allocation (DFCA) introduced in BSS11.5 can be
fully exploited by also supporting the SDCCH and
GPRS/EDGE channels in the DFCA layer. No separate
planning for additional non-DFCA TRX is then required
which saves frequency bands significantly.
This feature enables the possibility to allocate radio slots

in two parallel separate DL carriers for one user in the
same cell.
This feature improves automatic BSS recovery in case of
temporary & repeated Abis link failures.
This feature introduces TCP/IP protocol support for BSS

O&M Interfaces between NetAct and BSC as well as for the
interface towards Cell Broadcast Center (CBC).
Multipoint Gb-interface provides capability to connect one

PCU or PCU pool to several SGSNs.
Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE Provides GPRS/EDGE service

in extended cell area.
Capex and Opex savings by increased data capacity and
enhanced operability in Gb and Abis interfaces.
With PCU pooling feature operator can easily take a new
PCU PIU into use in live BSC. When (E)GPRS load level in
PCUs has risen too high, the operator has to increase
(E)GPRS capacity in the radio network by adding new PCU
PIUs into BSC.
The Abis and Gb resources are allocated automatically to
new PCU whenever the new PCU unit is taken into use in
BSC. The (E)GPRS load is shared dynamically between PCUs
within the PCU pool in this case.
AMR Progressive power control provides mechanism to

change quality thresholds depending on used power level
i.e. favour increase of power with low power levels and
avoid increase of power with higher power levels and thus
reduce overall interference.
This feature exploits Flexi EDGE double TRX module on

single carrier by using co-phase transmitter combining or
delay diversity in dowlink linked with 2-way or 4-way RX
diversity in uplink. I.e. both transmitter and receiver power
can be doubled.
AMR has robust codecs (e.g. AMR 4.75) which potentially

allow the network to operate in very low C/I conditions.
For acceptable connection quality the signalling needs to
be at least as robust as the most robust speech codec
used. The introduction of AMR codecs has caused an
imbalance, where the signalling channels may be the
limiting factor. The main problem is the downlink
FACCH/SACCH performance which can cause dropped calls
and HO failures. To enhance the probability of successful
associated control channels signalling (ACCH), the
robustness of FACCH/SACCH channel is improved in 3GPP
Rel6 by use of repeated blocks.
Ongoing voice call is typically kept in GSM network as long

as there is good enough network coverage. Handovers are
primarily done between GSM cells. In case of poor 2G
network coverage, the call is handed over to 3G network.
Inter-system handover is supported even though intra-
system handover criteria were prioritized over inter-
system criterion.
Feature “Service Quality based WCDMA Access” consists of
the following three features:
• WCDMA Neighbour Cell Reporting Enhancement

(BSS20858) : To prevent ISHOs and IS-NCCRs from GSM to
WCDMA FDD cell when the WCDMA FDD cell uplink quality
would be too weak, WCDMA FDD cells with low CPICH
RSCP are excluded from measurement reports. BSC
manages new WCDMA cell reporting parameter and
delivers them for dual-mode MSs.
• GSM to WCDMA Advanced Cell Reselection (BSS20477) :

To guarantee sufficient WCDMA FDD uplink quality
Common Pilot Channel (CPICH) Received Signal Code
Power (RSCP) criterion is added for 2G to 3G cell
reselection in Rel5 mobiles. The BSC manages new
WCDMA cell reselection parameters and delivers them for
dual-mode MSs.
• Mobile Specific Channel Release Message (BSS20132) :

To remove the unnecessary signalling and the delay in
service access Rel6 mobiles can be commanded to directly
camp to a 3G cell after call release in 2G. BSC indicates the
network preference in radio interface Channel Release
message, e.g. direct camp on 3G. It saves signalling and
minimises delay for new service setups
Dual transfer mode provides simultaneous Circuit Switched

(CS) voice and Packet Switched (PS) data service in a
coordinated manner. The CS part consists of a single slot
connection, while the PS part can consist of a multislot
connection.
GSM to WCDMA Advanced Cell Reselection :
The "BSS402072: Enhanced Packet Scheduling" supports

the BSS Packet Flow Context (PFC) procedures which are
standardized in 3GPP Release 99. With these procedures
PCU is able to download and receive the Release 99
Quality of Service (QoS) attributes (Traffic Class, THP and
ARP) of the packet data flows from SGSN. The “Enhanced
Packet Scheduling” feature determines how PCU uses the
Release 99 QoS attributes in Admission Control, Channel
Allocation and Scheduling functions in order to provide
service differentiation to the mobiles with different QoS
attributes.
The "Enhanced Packet Scheduling" feature reuses many of
the PCU functionalities that were originally developed
within the EQoS feature design.
With File Based Plan Provisioning operating software the
operator downloads the network plan by using FTP. File
Based Plan Provisioning improves the performance of the
configuration change procedure. The performance
improvement is needed due to increased network element
capacity (eg. BSC3i 2000), increased amount of radio
network objects and growing network sizes. File Based
Plan Provisioning allows also the configuration of more
BSCs and BTSs during the same maintenance window
period.
Single Antenna Interference Cancellation (SAIC) is a

downlink technique that enables interference cancellation
without using a second receiver antenna.
SAIC is also called as Donwlink Advanced Receiver
Performance (DARP).
High Multislot Classes increase the EDGE peak throughput
value from 236.8 kbit/s to 296 kbit/s. Also the combined
downlink and uplink transmission throughput increases.
Extended Dynamic Allocation allows a mobile station to

use more than two timeslots in uplink, which permits the
following maximum uplink bitrates: in GRPS up to 80 kbit/s
and in EDGE 236 kbit/s.
With Multipoint A Interface feature it is possible to

connect the BSC to several MSC servers.
Space Time Interference Rejection Combining (STIRC) is an
enhancement for the basic IRC (Interference Rejection
Combining) which is implemented in Nokia EDGE Ultra Site
& Metro Site products. STIRC improves significantly the
interference (Co-channel & Adjacent channel) rejection
capability of the UltraSite and MetroSite diversity
receivers.
Cell Reselection TD-SCDMA - GSM for Idle Mode.

General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) provides packet data
radio access for GSM mobile phones. It upgrades GSM data
services to allow an interface with Local Area Networks
(LANs), Wide Area Networks (WANs) and the Internet.
BSS supports location solution as standalone in BSS. This
solution provides scalable capacity as SMLC functionality is
integrated into BSC and provides CITA based location
methods (CITA = Cell Identity + Timing Advance).
The Tri-Band Common BCCH feature allows GSM 900

and GSM 1800 TRXs (ETSI Environment) to share the same
BCCH, i.e. to effectively be in the same cell.
DFCA provides accurate C/I quality control for each circuit
switched call connection. In addition, the suitable C/I and
quality can be provided for each user on-call basis. DFCA
provides major performance improvement potential and is
a unique Nokia feature.
Enhanced Measurement Reporting (new downlink

measurement report, EMR) provides the system with
enhanced serving cell measurements, including
information about erased frames in downlink direction
(FER) and extended range for downlink RXLEV values.
GSM-WCDMA, Controlled WCDMA Access includes three
functionalities. 1) Inter-System Direct Access feature: A
terminal camped on GSM network is directed to WCDMA
network already in call establishment phase. 2) Support for
A Interface Priorities feature: BSC is able to handle the
service priority indication from MSC. 3) Service Area and
Cell Based Penalty Timers feature: Avoids unnecessary
handover attempts from GSM to WCDMA networks.
In Gb over IP the packet switched the traffic goes through
the IP network instead of a circuit switched Pulse Code
Modulation (PCM) network. The subnetwork is IP-based
and the physical layer is Ethernet.
Network Controlled Cell Reselection (NCCR) introduces the

possibility for get a cell reselection instead of the
autonomous selection done by the mobile station (MS)
itself. With NCCR, the network triggers the cell change and
selects the target cell.
With Antenna Hopping feature the RF hopping is enabled
within several antennas in BTS. Antenna Hopping for
UltraSite BTS is the enhancement to RF hopping that, using
existing BB hopping functionality allows TRXs in an RF
hopping BTS to transmit using all TX antennas in the BTS.
Wireless Priority Services (WPS) allows qualified and

authorized National Security and Emergency Preparedness
(NS/EP) users to obtain priority access to radio traffic
channels during situations when Commercial Mobile Radio
Service (CMRS) network congestion is blocking call
attempts.
IMSI Based Handover enables handover control according
to the identity (IMSI) of a subscriber, between networks of
different operators. If a mobile subscriber belongs to a
Subscriber Group (SG) and its IMSI can be recognised, it is
possible to make handovers to either the GSM networks or
the WCDMA networks.
The BSS Synchronisation Recovery Improvement is an

enhancement for Recovery for BSS and Site
Synchronisation when using LMU (GPS) for syncronisation
feature.
With BSS Synchronisation Recovery Improvement
operating software operator is able to avoid interruption
to provide BSS synchronised service up to 24 hours, after
BTS site has lost the GPS coverage.
Inter System Network Controlled Cell Reselection (ISNCCR)

enables the BSC to initiate cell reselection from a
GPRS/EDGE cell to a WCDMA RAN cell. ISNCCR provides
full control to the network over the inter system cell
reselection operation.
The RG302743: GSM 20 Release Upgrade License feature is
an umbrella license to get access to all GSM 20 feature
packages. This feature is based on transceiver (TRX)
capacity.
The RG302743: GSM 20 Release Upgrade License feature

must be installed and activated before using the GSM20
feature packages. When the feature is in ON state in the
BSC and sufficient TRX capacity is available, the operator
can access the latest GSM 20 Application Software (ASW)
and Basic Software (BSW) features.
This feature inherits the Network Resiliency for mcBSC

(RG301939) feature to support Flexi Multiradio BTS
(ESMB/C).
Extending the EC-GSM IoT Solution (RG302534)

to Flexi Edge BTSes which forms about 30% of the large
GSM installed base.
New Licensing policy for MTC Devices based on number

of 1000 MTC messages steps per day. This is additional
license to RG302534.
This feature introduces BSC O&M and BTS Abis link failure
tolerance for Total FEP Measurement.
Support of authentication for OSPFv2 packets in controller

network elements.
mcBSC site solution using the Tellabs 8630.

Currently ETP units have all their SW stored locally on
flash.
The original rationale for this was the analogy with ETIP at
ET units. However, this logic does not work in practice -
ETP SW is very much proprietary and BSC application
feature specific. Thus frequent updates of ETP SW are
very propable on all the coming releases and most EPs.
From customer point of view this is problematic, as the
ETP flashes must be upgraded with embebded SW upgrade
procedures,. which is time consuming and prone to errors.
In practice the ETP upgrades cannot be done within
the same maintenace window as the BSC SW upgrade.
Additionally this complicates the SW development due to
increased compatibility requirements (which we failed to
fulfil even between S15 and S16, see PR 120534ESPE02:
Unable to change ETPT state from WO-EX to BL-ID because
of /*** DX ERROR: 768 GENERAL ERROR OF RECOVERY
***/).
mcBSC does not suffer from these problems as all the
ETMx units there use PXE boot (load the SW over Ethernet
on restart). Since S16 the same mechanism is also
available for ETP units in FlexiBSC and BSC3i.
The actual task needed are:
- modifying the ETP boot configuration (u-boot) to perform
PXE boot. After this only generic u_boot SW is needed on
ETP flash
- Adding the support for ETP SW images on CDX platform
DHCP and TFTP servers
- Testing of restart scneariuos with the new boot concept.
Due to this requirement this change is feasible to do only
within a full release (S16.1 step 2).
From RG40 onwards the Release Upgrade is under

license (Capacity License Key, per TRX).
FlexiBSC does not raise alarm 3515 for unused ports of

ETP and ETP-A cards which are configured onto Equipment
protection mode.
Enables 4UD for uplink limited cells without IDD.

Feature provides co-existense of TRX pair related features
with DFCA in multiradio BTS.
Vegas 3*80W based 900J full band RFM is needed for

India market.
Temporary tool for converting measurement and
observation data files into readable ASCII format with
MEFICO.
Full Band 1800 FXEE support with RG40.
Please check RP000892 for RFM characteristic requested.
Support of RF Sharing from 1st release. RF Sharing scope
same as that of FXEB. Pilot config defined with RP000893.
The new Flexi Multiradio 10 System Module is supported

with the RG25 (BSS) Release. This new System Module is
able to support GSM, WCDMA and LTE operations within a
single System Module unit.
With the RG25 (BSS) Release, two variants and capabilities
are supported. Firstly, the higher capacity (up to) 36 TRX
variant - FSIG (indoor) and FSMG (outdoor) are available.
Secondly, there is the 2U-high indoor unit, FSIL (GSM only
operation) and the 3U-high outdoor unit, FSML (GSM only
operation), 12 TRX variant.
The FSxG solution is scalable in both hardware and
software capacity steps to support also WCDMA and LTE
(additional Activation Licences will be required).
This feature provides 2 Power over Ethernet cable

connections to NSN FlexiPacket Radio in case of FTIF
interface unit is used (outdoor) .
FS2 reject in August'11 Transport FDT was done for
BSS101691 FexiPacket Radio Power + Ethernet: removal
Proposal for FTIF. This only covers FSMr3 (FTIF) and has
therefore the decision has no impact on any other HW i.e.
FlexiCompact.
Additionaly this feature for Flexi Compact BTS provides P+E
for Flexipacket Microwave radios with integrated Ethernet
interfaces providing also the power for the radios
embedded to Ethernet. Separate power supply cables and
protected power supply outputs are thus not needed for
MWR outdoor units on the BTS site.
BSC user accounts can be managed via NetAct Centralized

User Management functionality.
Temporary tool for converting measurement and

MEFICO.
The Packet Abis Network Media conversion device is
positioned at an aggregation Site location. The device is
employed to perform a Packet Abis over TDM ↔ Packet
Abis over IP/Ethernet conversion function. Aggregation
and QoS
aware scheduling of the Packet Abis traffic is performed at
the IP Layer.
The solution may also be employed in combination with
the Multicontroller BSC.
This feature introduces a user configurable time limit

which is used for forced handovers (FHO) when the
modification of CM parameter values requires a BTS reset
and the function is performed via the NetAct Provisioning
tools.
This capability introduces similar Extended Cell functions

to the Flexi Multiradio BTS as are currently available for
the Flexi EDGE BTS.
This feature consists of two enhancements for the BSS

Synchronisation feature - "FNO 26-multiplier Usage" and
"Time Slot Delay".
This new feature enables segment renaming via the BSS

Plan Provisioning tools:
* BSS10046, "Multi BCF Control" enables the resources
from several physical base stations to be combined into
one logical Cell, called a Segment.
* The earlier File Based Plan Provisioning (FBPP) function
did not support such modification actions unless
performed individually using BSC MML commands or via
the NetAct CM Editor.
Precise RX Level Measurement collects the statistics of the

uplink and downlink RX signal level. The counters are
incremented according to the number of each RX level
class received by the BSC in the radio link measurement
result messages. The counters of this measurement are
updated on TCH only. The RX level is divided into 64 levels
from -110 dBm to -48 dBm in a step of 1 dBm.

The measurement is controlled by BSC LK.
This new performance management enhancement is
introduced with the RG20 (BSS) Release. The specific
measurement counters log more accurate details of the
timing advance statistics during calls. The Object Level is
defined as TRX, which may also be aggregated at the BTS
or BSC Level. The information provided is similar to that
available from the existing measurement Timing Advance
Statistics Measurement, however, instead of counters for
10 Timing Advance classes, all 64 Timing Advance (TA)
levels defined by 3GPP now have their own individual
counters through this feature.
The source information is provided by Handsets, via the
standard Measurement Reports (MR) and Enhanced
Measurement Reports (EMR), when they are allocated to a
TCH Channel (whilst in CS dedicated mode). The counters
are updated during a CS Handover and upon the cessation
of the CS Call.

measurement counters log more accurate details of the
power level statistics for BTS and Handsets. The Object
Level is defined as TRX, which may also be aggregated at
the BTS or BSC Level. Counters for 39 (23 Handset and 16
BTS) power levels are available through this feature and
they are updated for all voice call types.
TCH Channel (whilst in CS dedicated mode). The Counters
of the CS Call.
counters log more accurate details of the adjacent cell Rx
levels, reporting various Rx level statistics for the serving as
well as adjacent cells. The Object Level may be defined as
serving BTS and serving BTS Coverage Area. Counters for 3
Adjacent cell Rx level ranks, 64 Adjacent cell Rx level
values, 51 Serving- Adjacent cell Rx level difference and
121 Serving-Adjacent cell Rx level matrices are collected
and are now available through this feature.
The maximum number of reported adjacent cells is 40
(which may include defined cells and undefined cells). The
adjacent cell Rx level measurement objects are reserved in
the sequence that the adjacent cells are reported - The
first 40 adjacent cells reported are monitored; whilst
adjacent cells reported beyond this are ignored.
TCH Channel (whilst in CS dedicated mode). The Counters
of the CS Call.
This feature integrates the IP/Ethernet interfaces into BSC

Abis and Ater-and TCSM3i A- and Ater-interfaces. An
ETIP1-A plug-in unit, based on Circuit Emulation Service
over Packet-Switched Networks (CESoPSN) technology, is
equipped in place of an E1/T1 or STM-1/OC-3 unit to
provide the IP connectivity. This solution enables flexible
integrated product configuration options between these
transmission technologies.
Abis delay measurement for either TDM based networks
or networks utilising integrated / standalone pseudo-wire
equipment solutions.
The Flexi BSC was introduced with the RG10 (BSS) Release
to complement the existing members of the Flexi BSC
product family - The BSC3i 660 and the BSC3i 1000/2000.
The Flexi BSC is designed to provide both a leading
capacity and low power consumption in a single cabinet
solution and is fully flexible in capacity and connectivity
dimensioning. With the RG20 (BSS) Release, this evolution
is continued through the introduction of a new Intel CPU
enabling the capacity to be further extended to support up
to 4200 TRXs in one single cabinet.
The TCSM3i Transcoder was introduced with the BSS12

Release. The extremely high channel capacity of the
TCSM3i is now yet further extended with a new
configuration setup - supporting up to 14400 traffic
channels in an ETSI environment and 11400 traffic
channels in an ANSI environment for a stand-alone
installation. The capacity of the combined BSC /
Transcoder solution remains at the market leading 34000
channel level (introduced with the BSS13 Release), but the
packing density has been further increased, so that this
can now be realised with two cabinets instead of the
current three.
Enhancements to the BSC connectivity have also been

realised, where up to 272 different BSCs can now be
connected to a combined BSC / Transcoder solution and up
to 30 for stand-alone configurations.
A new transmission interfacing option will also be available

for the A over IP function - enabled via the ETP-A interface
module.
This feature optimises the radio resource allocation for
OSC through employing the DFCA (Dynamic Frequency and
Channel Allocation) processes.
The Gb over IP (BSS11110) capability was provided in an

earlier software release. This feature extends the scope of
function such that Satellite Gb-interface connections are
now also supported.
This feature enables Abis transport over Packet Switched

Networks (Ethernet based) for existing UltraSite and
BTSplus Base Station systems by means of a hardware
upgrade for the BTS (with the ESMx Module). The ESMx
Module performs a TDM - Ethernet (CESoPSN) conversion.
In addition to the basic media conversion, it also enables a
smooth upgrade to support features such as EDGE
Evolution and OSC.
The Lb Interface was introduced to the BSC in order to

extend the Location Services (LCS) capability. It was
designed and implemented to support a single SMLC
(Serving Mobile Location Center) with one M3UA point
code and two multi-homed associations that can be
provisioned for LCS. This feature extends the existing
capability, to enable support for two geo-redundant SMLCs
over multi-homed Lb interface, with priority association.
This feature is supporting the "zero footprint deployment"

of FlexiPacket Microwave, by enabling local management
of the FlexiPacket Microwave without need of BTS external
indoor unit equipment.
The Nokia Siemens Networks Multicontroller
BSC / Transcoder application on top of the new scalable
multipurpose Multiradio Controller Platform realises a
revolutionary, highly scalable and high capacity solution. It
provides a future-proof BSC / Transcoder implementation
for all IP-based networks. Support for up to 4,400 TRX and
up to 26,400 Erlangs is provided. The Multicontroller BSC /
Transcoder application on top of the Multiradio Controller
Platform extends the existing Nokia Siemens Networks
Single RAN solution.
On top of the revolutionary implementation for new all IP-
based BSC installations, the Multicontroller BSC can be
used to introduce and extend the all IP-capacity of Flexi
BSC and BSC3i 1000/2000 products in existing networks.
With Multicontroller BSC extensions for Flexi BSC and
BSC3i 1000/2000 products, future proof evolution towards
new technologies can be gradually introduced to the
existing installed base.
Integrated functionality in Flexi EDGE BTS to offer power

feed for Nokia or 3rd party mast head amplifier.
There are two architecture options:

1. Transcoder function is located in the BSS - BSS21341
2. Transcoder function is located in the Core Network -
BSS30380
Note that the configuration of Legacy Abis and A over IP
with Transcoder in the Media Gateway (MGW) is a Feature
Candidate for the RG30 (BSS) Release (please see below
for details).
Refer to BSS21341 for further details.
Packet delay measurement for packet transport networks
employing the Packet Abis over TDM or Packet Abis over
IP/Ethernet features, utilising integrated equipment
solutions.
Virtual "Transmission Package" bundles the minor legacy

features into System Packages (SP). SP is used in Ordering
and Tendering Tools.
Two licences are needed for the feature BSS21534: OSC

Full Rate with SAIC MS. One is the feature activation
licence which is an ON/OFF licence. In addition to the
activation licence there is a capacity licence. The additional
capacity licence is defined as the number of virtual OSC
Full Rate channels. This corresponds to the number of
multiplexed OSC Full Rate call pairs that the operator can
have with the licence.
Temporaly tool for converting measurement and

MEFICO.
Feature is needed to provide BSC and NetAct support for

FSM3 BTS. FSM3 is new system module platform.
Support for the BTSplus Base Station via the Flexi BSC was
implemented in the RG10 (BSS) Release.
With RG20 (BSS), a Cositing solution for BTSplus with
either the Flexi EDGE or Flexi Multiradio BTS now supports
a further extension of existing BTSplus site deployments.
The solution employs the Multi-BCF (Base Station Control
Function) capability, facilitating that TRXs from both the
BTSplus and the Flexi EDGE (or Flexi Multiradio) BTSs may
be employed within a single cell and that a common BCCH
TRX (from either the BTSplus or Flexi EDGE / Flexi
Multiradio BTS) is utilised.
The Cositing solution is applicable for both indoor and
outdoor Site applications.
Extension of routing objects names from 5 to 16
characters.
Detailed Description Need to develop counters to indicate

all MSCs chosen number in MSC pool
The current implementation for Alaram 7789 do not work

simultaniously for "No Successful UL or DL TBFs" therefore
the customer is requesting that enhancement.
Orginal requirement RG301779 has been split into four
requirements for easy of handling as per the delivery
schedule.
These are mandatory requirement from CMCC again and it
has been tied to RA&TA from now on, it means we cannot
get license from CMCC if we cannot pass security test in
the future.
6.1.1.3. 2. For the static password, BSC should be able to
configure password life span in granularity of day and
prevent new password that has been used before in terms
of times, a user will be prompted to change the password
when trying to logon when his/her password is expired and
the new password shouldn't be same as used before for
configurable times. Target: has capability to pass test case
6.1.2.2. 3. BSC shall provide the password dictionary
function to detect weak passwords, BSC has capability to
reject new password when it is same as the pre-
configurable weak passwords in dictionary in
advance.Target: has capability to pass test case.
BSC has capability to reject new password when it is same

as the pre-configurable weak passwords in dictionary in
advance.
The feature includes the GSM Packet Abis specific

functionality to support the Ethernet and TDM interfaces
of the BTS (user and control plane) as well as the BTS
remote management (management plane).
AWCC Afghanistan has noted increasing instances of fraud

and safety/security threats associated with DTMF
transmission to mobile devices. The illicit use involves
control of illegal remote devices via transmission of DTMF
signals over the downlink voice channel to GSM mobiles.
These DTMF tones should be blocked in Downlink by the

Transcoder.
This DFCA improvement adds support for integer offsets in

frame numbers in order to avoid SACCH overlapping with
half rate channels.
Operators business is based on their network reliability,
so they expect high level of resilience of their transmission
lines
High reliability becomes more important with STM-1/OC-3
and Ethernet interfaces because of the high capacity of
one line interface.
Equipment protection is an industry standard and
requested by several customers.
Secure Shell protocol (SSH) could be utilised in remote

BSC MML sessions.
Flexi BSC name refers to full support for Flexi EDGE BTS
and its future evolution and also to full flexibility in Flexi
BSC's capacity and connectivity dimensioning. Flexi BSC is
engineered to provide remarkable capacity and low power
consumption in one cabinet design.
The latency of PCU2 is reduced resulting up to 140ms

ping times.
This feature adds Wide Band Adaptive Multi-Rate
(WB-AMR) support for TCSM3i.
Asymmetrical PCU HW configuration allows operator to

add and activate PCU HW in granularity of one and
according to traffic needs.
New counters are introduced to monitor Flexi EDGE BTS

Pseudo Wire Emulation transmission plug-in unit.
This feature enhances the Extended Cell function through
extending the cell radius from the existing maximum of 70
km to up to 105 km. It is supported by the Flexi EDGE BTS
Base Station and is for PS Services only.
BSS21277, 105km Extended Cell (FlexiEDGE BTS),
complements this feature and provides a similar capability
for CS Services.
Ethernet Switching for FIQA, FIYA plug-in to FlexiEDGE

allows to use more than one Ethernet Interface (two FE
and one GE available) in order to allow the connection of
external IP/ Eth traffic such as DCN.
Wideband AMR functionality (BSS20960) includes 100

calls /BSC.
This Wideband AMR Capacity License gives additional step
of 100 calls / BSC.
L3 connectivity for BSC3i achieves more stable networks,

instead of using L2 connectivity.
Temporaly tool for converting measurement and

MEFICO.
Earlier BSC level parameter DINHO to disable internal

handoveres is introduced in Segment level.
This feature includes two enhancements for TRX swapping
functionality:
a) TRX reconfiguration for all the TSLs in TRX swap
b) Returning original traffic TSLs of the TRX in TRX swap
These enhancements cannot be used at the same time in
the BTS. In the following paragraphs are described existing
functionality of TRX swap and functionality of these
enhancements.
To remove the unnecessary signalling and the delay in

service access Rel6 mobiles can be commanded to directly
camp to a 3G cell after call release in 2G. BSC indicates the
network preference in radio interface Channel Release
message, e.g. direct camp on 3G. It saves signalling and
minimises delay for new service setups.
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown provides four TRX

shutdown groups and timers for handling of TRX resources
in BTS shutdown in case of Battery Backup Unit mains
failure.
The purpose of this feature is to add AMR FR feature under

licence control. The AMR FR feature was implemented in
project S10 and AMR FR FIFILE option control was added in
project S11. New Application Software Sales Item
BSC00082.
At the BSC, support for the MetroSite XP TRX is now
introduced for the MetroSite BTS. Since the different types
of TRX of the MetroSite BTS employ different power levels
appropriate thresholds must be used for the different
variants of TRXs during the TRX test procedure. The TRX
variants currently available in the 800 MHz and 1900 MHz
(ANSI) bands have an output power of 5 W; and those for
the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz (ETSI) bands have an output
power of 13 W. No new TRX types are provided with this
feature.
New Packet Data statistics package is introduced to

improve means to measure and optimise resource usage.
To guarantee sufficient WCDMA FDD uplink quality CPICH

RSCP criterion is added for 2G to 3G cell re selection in
Rel5 mobiles. The BSC manages new WCDMA cell
reselection parameters and delivers them for dual-mode
MSs.
The Improved TRX Test Presentation at BSC feature

introduces the improvement TRX test report printout in
order to make it more clear what was actually tested with
MetroSite, UltraSite and Flexi EDGE TRXs. This feature also
introduces a new default value for the threshold of RX
sensitivity parameter. When the threshold of RX sensitivity
parameter has the value DISABLED as a default value it
reduces incidences of false 'Test Failed' indications in test
reports. "RX SENSITIVITY" is be replaced with "RX RESULT"
in TRX test report printouts of Metrosite, UltraSite and
Flexi EDGE.
"TRAU Bicasting in AMR FR/HR handover" feature makes

it possible to prepare connection to target resource also in
AMR FR/HR intra-BSC handovers meaning better speech
quality by reduced break in DL speech path.
Refer feature description of BSS20432.

The operator can filter beating disturbance & notice BTS
alarms similar way how to BTS alarms (start/cancel) are
filtered currently with filtering BTS alarms feature. An
alarm is beating alarm, if the alarm has changed its alarm
state 20 times consecutively always during the
informing/canceling delay and thus has been filtered by
the BTS alarm system.
At present, the BTS MMI shows "Sector" number for each

Sector, but the BSC shows "BTS" number. The "BTS"
number can be different from the "Sector" number. With
this feature the BTS MMI will show both "Sector" number
and "BTS" number, to avoid any confusion between an
operator using BTS MMI and an operator using the BSC
MML or NetAct.
BCCH downtime measurement when there are no BCCH in

the cell. The feature Cell Downtime consists of
modification to existing alarm time-based Cell Downtime
calculation method and implementation of new statistical
counters to calculate Cell Availability KPIs.
The BER (Bit Error Ratio) of the whole end to end

transmission line can not reliably be monitored from the
BTS and BSC end nor CRC counters of the transmission
cards.
With End to End Downlink Abis Performance Monitor it is
possible to detect PCMs with poor quality by measuring
the quality and performance of Abis transmission line.
Although normally the radio interface is the dominant
factor, the data troughput performance of the EDGE
networks depends heavily on the bit error ratio of the Abis
transmission line.
Every transferred RLC/MAC block must be counted to
some counter. Two such cases have been identified where
a counter for transferred RLC/MAC block is totally missing.
The first case is so called Dummy UI (unconfirmed
information) LLC PDUs /44064/, which is sent during the
delayed DL TBF release period. The second case is pre-
emptive DL retransmission, blocks, which are resent
without MS request.
The following new counters are added to PCU
measurement:
• DL CS1 DATA FOR DUMMY LLC (for GPRS TBFs, uses
always CS1)
• RLC RETRANSMITTED DL CS1 DUE OTHER THAN NACK
• RLC RETRANSMITTED DL CS2 DUE OTHER THAN NACK
The following new counter is added to Coding Scheme
measurement, and is used for EGPRS TBFs:
• DL RLC DATA FOR DUMMY LLC (uses always MCS1)
Then following new counter is added to Coding Scheme
measurement, it is relevant for every MCS and CS3 & CS4:
• RLC RETRANSMITTED DL DUE OTHER REASON THAN
NACK.
Flexi Edge BTS is designed so that it is easy to install and

commission. Easy commissioning needs support also from
BSC. The following functionalities are related to this
automatic commissioning of the Flexi EDGE BTS:
• The BSC must be able to download A-bis mapping to BTS.
• When the site is commissioned the BSC must
automatically unlock the BCF when the BTS informs that it
is ready.

To prevent ISHOs and IS-NCCRs from GSM to WCDMA FDD
cell when the WCDMA FDD cell uplink quality would be too
weak, WCDMA FDD cells with low CPICH RSCP are
excluded from measurement reports. BSC manages new
FDD cell reporting parameter and delivers them for dual-
mode MSs.
BSS20869 brings new functionality to existing Pre-emption
software in BSC:
• Forced release after unsuccessful forced handover
attempt
• Pre-emption based subscriber classification
• Subscriber class specific statistics and KPIs
• Fair call duration
• Soft call drop support in BSC
This feature provides cell ranges up to 70km.
Nokia TCSM3i High Capacity Transcoder Submultiplexer

was introduced in S12 release. New implementation
provided twelve times the transcoding channel capacity
compared to the earlier TCSM2 product in one cabinet.
This means 11520 traffic channels in ETSI environment and
9120 traffic channels in ANSI environment in stand-alone
installation with interface connectivity for both A and Ater
interfaces supported by E1/T1 PCM connections.
Using TCSM3i with the alternative installation option
"Nokia TCSM3i for combined BSC3i/TCSM3i installation"
provides optical A-interface connectivity towards core
network (including optical Abis connectivity). With this
configuration BSC3i 1000/2000 and TCSM3i are installed
together and the control of optical interfaces is done by
the BSC. In combined installation ANSI version the
transcoding channel capacity
was increased to 11424 channels, the ETSI version capacity
being 11358 channels.
Regarding BSC connectivity, up to 96 different BSCs can be
connected to S12 TCSM3i in combined BSC3i/TCSM3i
installation (24 in ANSI) and up to 12 in stand-alone
installation.
In S13 "Combined BSC3i/TCSM3i capacity evolution" triples
the maximum transcoder channel capacity in combined
installation up to 34074 channels in ETSI and 34272
channels in ANSI configurations. Capacity is increased by
adding maximum of two TCSM3i extension cabinets to a
combined BSC3i/TCSM3i.
The maximum number of supported BSCs is tripled too,
being up to 288 in ETSI and 72 in ANSI configurations. This
option is available when BSC3i 1000 is used in combined
installation.
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown provides four TRX
shutdown groups and timers for handling of TRX resources
in BTS shutdown in case of Battery Backup Unit mains
failure.
Old FIFILE option BSC_GPRS_PARAM_ENABLED is replaced

with GPRS licence and EDGE licence.
This feature introduced possibility to use VPN tunneling for

O&M connections.
In the new functionality of GPRS/EDGE Support for PGSM-

EGSM BTS feature:
When BCCH is on PGSM900 frequency and there is
EGSM900 frequency used in the BCCH BTS, then operator
is able to use:
• Overlay layer RF hopping in the BCCH BTS. There can be
only PGSM or EGSM frequencies in the MA list of the BCCH
BTS. With new 'RF hopping Allowed' TRX parameter
operator can define TRX to be non hopping, when RF
hopping is used in overlay layer of the BTS.
• GPRS/EDGE on non-hopping PGSM900 and EGSM900
TRX(s) in the BCCH BTS. If RF hopping is used in the BTS,
then customer can use GPRS/EDGE in the BCCH TRX and in
the overlay layer TRXs, which has 'False' value defined in
new RF hopping Allowed parameter.
When BCCH is on EGSM900 frequency, then operator is
able to use GPRS/EDGE on any PGSM and EGSM
frequencies in the BCCH BTS.
New AMR Signalling Measurement (112) is introduced. It

measures a proportion of Repeated ACCH Capable mobiles
in network and usage of repeated SACCH and FACCH
features.
Connection error handling enhancements improve possible
MCMU switchover loop problem by improved BSC
connection error handling procedure where RTSLs are
blocked also in case of consecutive connection errors.
This enhancement improves Lb interface monitoring, error

handling and statistics in problem situations (especially in
emergency calls related MS positioning). This feature is an
enhancement to the existing feature BSS11114 - Lb
interface in BSC.
The feature Multi-Operator BSS (MOBSS) essentially

enables two or more Mobile Network Operators (MNOs) to
share the BTS and BSC equipment of a GSM Radio Access
Network (RAN). This allows the possibility for significant
Cost savings . The level of CAPEX savings are of course
dependent upon the network deployment stage.
For the operator, the Multi-Operator BSS (MOBSS) solution
achieves the optimal balance between cost savings on the
one hand and control over the network on the other. This
is achieved through allowing independent Core Network
solutions which results from providing independent
connections to the individual operator Core Networks.
In the BTS, individual operator Transceivers (TRX) are
utilised. Thus, the provision of individual operator Cells
allows the operators to have a greater control over the
shared network through being able to set their own cell
specific parameters.
For an Extended Cell scenario, this feature enables the

allocation of an external (2G or 3G) handover to the
appropriate TRX serving the relevant area of the Extended
Cell.
This feature enables the possibility of arranging DFCA

frequency hopping lists (DMALs) into individual DMAL
Groups.
This feature provides an additional security enhancement
for the generally employed A5/1 Ciphering security
mechanism and mitigates the risks associated with a
potential "cracking" of the existing mechanism.
The feature Local Switching for Satellite Abis is one of the

enablers for realising the goal of providing for "five billion
people connected". It supports the next stage being
undertaken by Nokia Siemens Networks through opening
up the remote, larger capacity, low ARPU market segment.
In general, these remote areas are only accessible via a
satellite connection. Furthermore, it complements the
existing "Village Connection" and other solutions
supporting this business.
Ethernet interfaces are proteced by LK to enable the SW

upgrade of the HW (FIQA/ FIYA) to support PWE3
(CESoPSN).
The feature Local Switching for Terrestrial Abis may be

employed in scenarios in which a cluster of BTS's is linked
via an expensive leased line or MWR connection. For cases
where the number of local calls within a cluster is high, the
feature realises a very efficient IP based Abis Optimization
type solution.
Two new SDCCH location update counters in '1 Traffic'

measurement and two new TCH timeslot usage counters in
'2 Resource Availability' measurement are introduced with
this feature for more accurate analyses based on
measurement data.
NetAct RAC functionality is based on having correct and
real time maintained actual configuration. There are some
operator and Nokia personnel tasks where the actual
configuration maintenance needs to be done using data
upload functionality from NEs (Network Element). With
File Based Configuration Upload the configuration data is
transferred to NetAct in bigger portions using files.
The 'BSC integrated SMLC capacity' -feature is

improvement to BSS10012: POSITION BASED SERVICES
(PBS) IN BSC -feature. The BSC integrated SMLC capacity
feature improves BSC internal SMLC performance in many
ways:
• Better performance in internal SMLC (Architectural
improvements in internal SMLC)
• Increased calculation capacity
• Better internal SMLC management and software
maintainability in future (removal of unnecessary LCS
options and parameters)
• Calculation capacity limiting by BSC SMLC licencing
New Nokia TCSM3i high capacity transcoder

submultiplexer is introduced in S12 release. New
implementation shall provide up to twelve times more
transcoding channel capacity compared to earlier TCSM2,
while maintaining the same compact size. It can also be
easily expanded to meet future capacity needs.
New BSC3i configuration.
New weighted time slot allocation counters are introduced

for network optimisation purposes.
Quality of musical ringback tone suffers when downlink

DTX (disable transmission) feature is used. This feature
improves the quality of ringback tone by activating
downlink DTX to the calling subscriber only after the called
subscriber has answered.
The potential number of TRXs under a single BCF is now

increased for the Flexi EDGE BTS from 12 to 24. Note that
the maximum number of TRXs under a BTS object is 12.
Operating SW.
SIGTRAN is a standardized way to carry SS7 signaling over
an IP backbone. Originally SIGTRAN is used for PSTN
signaling transport. It can be used on any interface where
SS7 signalling is used. Same IP backbone can be used for all
kind of traffic (management, user and control planes).
This feature enables the operator to set separate Radio

Link Timeout (RLT) parameters for AMR FR and AMR HR.
Application SW - Sales Item BSC00224.
New 4 TRX UltraSite BTS variant for building cost effective

rural coverage. Supports all UltraSite SW CX5.0 features.
The feature BSS20999 provides several counter additions

in '4 Handover Measurement'.
MS is commanded to maximum power and uplink power

control is disabled during U-TDOA location porcedure.
"Increased Dynamic SDCCH Capacity " feature gives totally

24...32 SDCCH channels (24 channels in BCCH TRX, 32 in
Non-BCCH TRX).
For more efficient use of Abis, grooming fractional used
E1/ T1 Abis frame to save transmission capacity
Current Implementation:
Existing in Nokia UltraSite, Nokia MetroSite and Nokia
MetroHub and always part of the solution, in
NokiaFlexiEDGE trust based license
Description:
In Nokia FlexiEDGE the transport concept is based on cost
efficient configurations where only functions which are
used are charged, the Grooming Abis efficiency feature will
be trust based in BSS12/ EP1.0 which means it is charged
but no delivery of SW license is required.
The DFCA Power Level calculation in RRMPRB is changed

such that two new UTPFIL parameters (one for the UL and
one for the DL) are implemented for limiting UL and DL
power pre-reduction in RRMPRB.
Operating SW.
An alarm notification is sent when the Location

Measurement Unit (LMU) is not in a "locked" state and
cancelled once a "locked" state has been achieved.
Operating SW.
BSS21154 introduces AMR specific parameters for load

based channel rate control.
The feature BSS21165 introduces the possibility to employ

radio frequency hopping (RF hopping) in a PGSM900-
EGSM900 BTS irrespective of the cell's BCCH carrier
frequency, whether PGSM900 or EGSM900. The most
important aspect is that the BSC will allow RF hopping over
the entire PGSM900-EGSM900 frequency range in a
PGSM900-EGSM900 BTS.
New 661 M3UA Association Set Measurement is
introduced for measuring signaling transport over IP
(SIGTRAN).
Operating SW - However, this must be ordered separately,
using Sales Item BSC00146.
New counters are introduced for measuring TBF failure

rate calculation separately for signaling and data reasons.
The scope of the existing Multipoint A solution is now

enhanced through providing an additional load balancing
mechanism, providing the Operator with a greater
flexibility of solution.
Application SW - Sales Item 2003484.
This feature introduces a new MML command at the BSC

to enable a power shutdown mechanism for Flexi EDGE
BTS Dual TRX modules in order to achieve power savings.
The CCCH capacity in the BSS may be enhanced through

sending paging messages to an area smaller than the
whole Location Area.
For better availability and reliability of the transmission
network. Protects the transmission by building loops. If
one direction fails it switches over to the alternaive route
without traffic break.
Existing in Nokia UltraSite, Nokia MetroSite and Nokia
MetroHub and always part of the solution, in
NokiaFlexiEDGE trust based license as secondary loop.
FlexiEDGE offers in total 8 E1 or T1 interfaces on the

plug-in card (FIEA, FIPA) where two interfaces are
activated. Additional E1 or T1 activation in blocks of two
can be bought based on trust in BSS12/ EP1.0
Nokia UltraSite, Nokia MetroSite and Nokia MetroHub
offer plug-in cards with up to four E1/ T1 interfaces, for
more capacity additional HW needs to be added.
NokiaFlexiEDGE offers HW ready up to eight E1/ T1
interfaces where two are included in HW price and
additional interfaces are trust based licenses.
TD-SCDMA -> GSM Inter System Handover for Voice.
New 1 TRX Pico BTS for building cost effective indoor

coverage.
The channel-specific supervisions "too short mean
holding time" and "channel failure rate exceeded" will be
TRX-specific in S8. These improvements will lead to a
considerable reduction in the amount of alarms since only
one alarm per a TRX is generated. The data provided in the
alarm information will indicate the channel(s) that is (are)
the object(s) of the alarm.
The measurement result analysation and MS power

control algorithm is installed to BSC.
BTS-TC connection establishment supervision provides a
means to observe faults in alignment between individual
TRX and TC channels. After a speech path connection has
been established between the BTS and the TC, the BTS and
the TC try to align with each other to enable speech coding
both in uplink and downlink directions. If the alignment
procedure fails, the BTS sends a
CONNECTION_FAILURE_INDICATION message with cause
field "Remote Transcoder Failure" to the BSC. The BSC
then requests for a clearing and releases the resources
connected to the call.
In BSS6 the BSC raises an alarm after consecutive Remote
transcoder failures in the same A-interface circuit. The
operator can control the alarm with a BSC level parameter
'Alarm limit for successive failures on A interface', default
value three.
With this enhancement the alarm is raised also after
consecutive Remote transcoder failures in the same Abis-
interface circuit i.e. radio channel. The alarm limit for
successive failures on Abis interface will be fixed three.
The alarm will be cancelled when the channel is released
for any other reason than transcoder failure or when the
user blocks the channel with MML command. The alarms
do not cause automatic blockings of the A interface circuits
or the radio channels.
(Notice also the connection between this and the other S7
feature 'Call release after loss of TRAU frame
synchronisation').
TX Antenna VSWR (Voltage Standing Wave Ratio)

Supervision introduces the new mechanics for the
antenna(s) supervision for transmission. Two levels of
indications are provided, lower and upper. When either of
the level is exceeded, the combiner raises an alarm and
BCF (base station control function) sends the alarm to BSC,
which then takes the necessary recovery actions.
BTS testing in BSC provides the user the means of

checking the operational condition of the base station
system. BTS testing principles are divided into three parts:
Commissioning, Monitoring, Fault Diagnostics.
Forced Handover for O&M Reason introduces the

mechanism for forced handover initiated by O&M. With
the forced handover procedure all ongoing calls are tried
to hand over to other TRXs of the cell (if only one TRX is
cleared from the traffic) or to the neighbouring cells (if the
whole cell is cleared).
Intelligent Directed Retry (IDR) feature works in a
similar way than Directed Retry feature, except its design
makes it suitable in situations when the network operator
provides different service for different subscribers.
Traffic Reason Handover is a feature designed to share the

load between the cells. The BSC examines which calls, if
any, can be handed over from the serving cell to some of
these specified adjacent cells.
Undefined Adjacent Cell Measurement registers statistics

on cells which have not been defined as adjacent cells but
which are among those six neighbour cells that the MS
receives the best. This measurement type collects one set
of results for each cell.
Double BCCH Allocation List introduces the possibility

to define a list of BCCH carriers to be used in a cell
selection and a reselection by MS, which MS is in Idle
State.
This Short Message Service (SMS) provides the means

to transfer a short data message from an MS to another
subscriber or vice versa through Short Message Serving
Centre.
Receiver diversity (spatial diversity) is available as for all

configurations. The two RF signals are demodulated
separately and combined by the post detection weighted
summing method. Diversity is defined for every sector
separately from the BSC.
When baseband hopping is in use in a cell all the

timeslots hop, except the BCCH timeslot. The number of
frequencies in a hopping sequence is the same as the
number of TRXs in the hopping group.
Discontunuos Reception (DRX) ) feature enables
mobiles to listen to their own paging group only and thus it
prolongs battery lifetime. BSC provided the exact paging
group information (based on subscriber's IMSI
information) in earlier phase towards BTS.
Queuing improves the service level for subscribers in

case of temporary congestion. The operator can define the
maximum queuing time and the length of the queue per
cell.
Directed Retry is used in call set-up phase in case of

congestion. The mobile is able to be handed over to the
traffic channel of an adjacent cell.
Handover and Power Control Algorithm is a feature

designed to make the mobility of the mobile stations
possible (MS) during a call and to maintain good
speech/data quality. Furthermore, the battery lifetime of
an MS can be optimised. A versatile handover and power
control algorithm enables the efficient use of air interface
resources.
The feature enables usage of different A5 algorithms

as well as the case that there is no ciphering at all. One
ciphering algorithm in network at a time is supported.
A Interface circuit availability supervision measures the

number of unavailable A-interface circuits. If the number
of unavailable circuits exceeds the predefined limit and
stays above that limit for a certain time period, the alarm
will be given to the operator.
The amount of unavailable A-interface circuits is
measured. If the amount of unavailable circuits exceeds
the predefined limit and stays that way certain period of
time an alarm will be given to the operator.
ETR 09.90 is an ETSI technical report which describes

the changes to the phase 1 network for supporting the
phase 2 mobile stations. The amendments for the phase 1
infrastructure are specified in such a way that phase 2
mobile stations will obtain acceptable service.
Frequency Hopping by RF synthesizers in GSM means
that the frequency of radio timeslot (RTSL) is changing
burst by burst. All dedicated channel types and their
associated channel types may hop. The exact frequency on
a certain moment of time is defined as a function of
frequency hopping parameters of a cell and a 'logical Air
interface channel' (CA, MA, MAIO, HSN) and the absolute
frame number in Air interface (see 3GPP 45 series). The
frame number synchronises MS and BTS operation on a
time basis.There are two existing frequency-hopping
methods: Baseband Hopping and Radio Frequency (RF)
Hopping.
Typically BSC classifies mobile subscribers into Micro

cellular Network (MCN) class and GSM class. The
alternative method is to use Priority Info Element (PIE):
The subscriber types are distinguished by the usage of
Priority Info Element (PIE). MSC determinates the type of
the subscriber and sends the corresponding PIE to the BSC.
Optimisation of MS Power Level in Handovers is designed

to cut down the possible high RF power peaks in UL, which
may happen after handovers and after call setups.
Remote BTS MMI introduces remote management

inteface for BTSs. To minimise the need for site visits, it is
necessary that the BTS-MMI functions are accessible
remotely.
RX Quality Statistics Measurement registers received signal

quality information both in uplink and downlink directions.
The information is collected from each transceiver (TRX)
separately. The feature gives distribution of traffic on each
Rx quality band measured by the MS's and BTS on per TRX.
BSC Handover Adjacent Cell Measurement collects

statistics about how handovers between different cells are
divided. The existing handover adjacent cell measurement
includes counters for handover attempts, successful
handovers, counters for failed handovers due to lack of
radio resources. Signalling charts are drawn with the
accuracy of message interface.
Queuing and Priority is designed to offer quaranteed
level of service for prioritised subscribers. The mobile with
higher priority can enter the network even if there are no
free traffic channels available. The priority element for the
different levels includes the queuing indicator with
preemption capability and preemption vulnerability
indicators.
C/I-Based Handover Candidate Evaluation is a feature

designed to direct mobile stations to cells which can
provide interference-free service at the current location of
each mobile station and in that way improve the quality of
service. The co-channel interference impact
of each handover candidate cell is estimated and the
information is used in the target cell selection procedure
to direct mobiles to cells with the best quality.
Chained Cells in Rapid Field Drop feature is designed to

maintain calls in the rapid field drop environment and is
especially useful in the micro cellular environment. In a
rapid field drop the call will be handed over to a cell, which
is nominated as possible target cell for handover. Some of
the handover parameters will be adapted dynamically and
automatically in order to provide fast reaction.
The IUO is used in optimisating multiband environment. In

order to avoid interference due to the increased level of
frequency reuse, BSC estimates the degree of interference
on different frequencies and directs the mobile stations to
those frequencies that are "clean" enough to sustain a
good radio connection quality.
Satellite Abis(/A/Ater) interface feature enables the

operator to create coverage in areas where the coverage
could not be otherwise implemented due to the limitation
of transmission media. Only a minimum number of
equipment is required at the remote cells.
In Satellite Abis connection it possible to connect BTSs to
BSC over a transmission path having long delay (i.e.
satellite circuit with about 300 mS in one direction).
RX Level Statistics Measurement registers information on
TRX level and quality of RX signal both in uplink and
downlink directions. The measurement for the rx level
statistics consists of 96 counters. There are 48 counters
corresponding to the rx quality bands defined in both
uplink and downlink directions. These counters are
incremented in every 480 ms. In the statistical report the
rx level on per rx quality band can be displayed in the
accuracy of one TRX, of one BTS or in the accuracy of one
BSC.
Link Balance per MS Classmark registers information on

the link balance in the network i.e. the difference between
the uplink and downlink signal levels. The results are
shown on cell level. The path balance is the difference
between uplink and downlink path. The path balance is
divided into 11 subclass, e.g. five subclass for both uplink
and downlink and one for balance. The measurement
counters are incremented in every 480 ms. In the
statistical report the path balance is displayed in the
accuracy of one TRX, of one BTS or in the accuracy of one
BSC.
Timing Advance Measurement registers information on

the timing advance during calls. With this information
operator can estimate the distribution of the subscribers
within a cell area. Measurement provides the information
with the accuracy of either one BTS or one BSC. The
measurement for the timing advance statistics consists of
16*4=64 counters. These counters are incremented in
every 480 ms. and reported: minimum, maximum and
average timing advance and number of measurements.
Half Rate is designed to maximise the spectrum efficiency

by doubling the amount of radio resources as compared
the use of the Full Rate traffic resources only. Full Rate
speech is coded and transferred using 16 kbit/s channels in
A-ter and A-bis interfaces. With the Half Rate coding it is
possible to use 8 kbit/s channels.
Adaptive Gain Control/DL is the solution, when there is
too low speech volume in GSM phones and variable
volume level in the PSTN. The solution is implemented in
the downlink direction to the TRAU to guarantee sufficient
volume level in the MS. Adaptive gain control range is
increased in transcoder without disturbing acoustic echo
cancelling function in the mobile.
Dual Band GSM 900/1800 is designed to allow dual band

mobile stations to use both GSM 900 and GSM 1800 bands
of a single operator. The dual band network will appear as
a single PLMN. The Dual Band operation supports dual
band mobiles capable of performing handovers between
the bands during a call.
t at NetAct
GSM Trace introduces the mobile and the suscriber
tracing from NetAct TraceViewer. There are several new
fields in the GSM ph2 trace invocation message over the A-
interface ('MSC invoke trace') from which implemented
are: Priority output, Normal output, Including/excluding
radio measurements.
Trunk Reservation is the feature designed to allow the

shared use of the resources of the radio network to
different types of subscribers (GSM, MCN, and PRIORITY).
An optimised way of handling channel availability for
priority users as one new subscriber type is an
enhancement to the current Trunk Reservation feature.
The maximum number of channels that can be granted to
priority users in a cell can be limited even though there are
a lot of priority access transactions.
By allowing the mobile station (MS) to use lower

transmitting power there will be less interference to other
calls.The interference will be reduced specially in network
with small cell sizes (i.e. in micro cells).
Fast Moving MS Handling in Macro Cell feature handles
the
fast moving handheld mobile stations (MS) in macro cells
and provides better service for subscribers in a 2-layer or
multilayer microcellular network.The feature also includes
the adjacent cell layer definitions (lower layer, serving
layer and upper layer). The decision of a handover from
macro cell to micro cell is based on the number of received
measurements of the micro cells, and this number relates
to the mobile's speed.
Half Rate is designed to increase the amount of radio

resources compared the usage of Full Rate traffic
resources only. Each radio time slot of the BTS TRX can be
configured to be Full Rate, Half Rate or Dual Rate TCH
resource. In the last case BSC will be able to allocate an
idle radio time slot either for Half Rate or Full Rate coding
dynamically on a call basis.
This feature introduces a new full rate speech coder to

the BSS. This will be called Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) speech
coder. The coder uses the existing GSM/DCS full rate
channel coding but gives a considerably better
performance in all channel conditions.
The C2 MS idle mode cell re-selection parameter allows

the fast moving mobiles to select better way a cell through
which they might expect to receive a best service.
The serial numbers and version numbers can be read by

the NetAct via the BSC so that the precise equipment type
and configuration can be ascertained remotely without
having to make a site visit.
This feature is the enhancement to Cell Broadcast (CB)

feature. With the help of this the mobile stations are able
to receive only the needed part of CBCH (cell broadcast
channel), and hence the battery consumption decreases.
Scheduled TRX test is used to test RF, digital and analog
parts of the BTS. The test covers also II and III generation
BTS's RX antenna test and IV generation BTS's antenna
loop test.
With this test operator can find failures in the radio
network before they cause any problems for the traffic.
With the calendar tests can be executed at nights so they
don't cause any capacity loss at daytime.
Scheduled TRX test can be stopped and deleted by the
BSC's MMI interface. Test results can be seen in the BSC by
the MMI command. Operator need still NetAct to create
scheduled TRX test.
BSS06028 can be made available to the II-gen, Nokia Talk
Family and PrimeSite BTS's.
With BSS6032 it is possible to establish a remote MMI

session to the BTS from the BSC site. Most functions of the
MMI are available in the remote session, only some
functions having only local significance, such as local
downloading, are disabled. Additional functionality is
required in the BSC to transfer messages transparently
between BTS and remote MMI and to route these
messages to desired destinations.
This new extended cell implementation is based on

one-BCCH and two TRX solution. Different TRXs serves
normal area and extended area. The TRX which serves
normal area is normally configured with BCCH/SDCCH and
TCHs. The timing of the receiver of the TRX which serves
extended area (E-TRX) has been delayed so that it can
serve the area beyond 35 kilometers. The time slot 0 of the
E-TRX is tuned to the BCCH frequency in order to get
RACH-bursts from extended area. The timing of
transmitters is same in both TRX and E-TRX. See following
picture. If more capacity is needed either in normal area or
extended area more TRXs can be added as required to
serve those areas.
This feature offers a transparent interface from MMI-PC

to BSC's disks like BCF remote MMI offers from MMI-PC to
BCF.
The trace report in BSS6 will have additional HW

information called Route Trace Data.
Enhance Full Rate (EFR) is the speech coding where the
information bits first go through preliminary channel
coding and then through the basic channel coding. The
major difference between EFR and FR (Full Rate) is that
speech coding algoritm. EFR gives better speech quality
than FR coding. EFR does not require nor imply support for
HR and vice versa.
In the IUO concept it is important to know the interference

levels of channels. Especially when the channel is released,
there is currently a time interval of 1-32 sec., dependend
on the parameter settings in the BTS, in which no
information about the interference band to which the
channel belongs to is available.
This problem can be solved if the BTS reports the idle
channel interferences also from incomplete measurement
periods and if it measures the interference level of active
channels, too. Active channel interference estimation is
realised by utilising idle TDMA frames with TCH/F
connections and also the silent periods in mobile
transmission during uplink DTX. BTS calculates the
interference levels and reports them to the BSC. The
reporting is done with RF_RESOURCE_INDICATION
message which originally contained the interference band
information for idle channels only. Now the results of a
channel are included in this message always when there
are enough interference level measurements available.
Active channel interference level measurement is possible
only during the speech connections, during data
connections not. If the uplink DTX is not activated, then
the active channel interference cannot be measured for
half rate calls. However, idle channel interference can be
measured from incomplete measurement periods in every
case.
Nokia Talk family and PrimeSite BTS include a
transmission unit called TRUx. This unit handles the PCM
Abis interface. It comprises of 3 pcs 2 Mbit/s interfaces as
well as 2 Mbit and 8 kbit cross connection fields.
The timeslot allocations of the 2 Mbit/s interfaces and the
configuration on cross connection fields have to be defined
before BTS can establish an Abis connection to BSC. The
standard way to do this definition is by using a separate
Service Terminal or Macro Service Terminal Emulator.
TRU manager is a Windows based software which makes it
possible to do the above mentioned transmission unit
configurations in a user friendly way. The TRU manager is
connected to the TRU card's connector in the BTS.
T1 is used for Abis connection between BTS and BSC.

T1 is a digital communication link that enables the
transmission at the data rate of 1.544 Mbit/s. In T1
transmission 24 discrete 64kbit/s time slots is packed into
the one link. T1 transmission is mainly used in US and
partly in Far East.
The C/I ratio statistics measurement is designed to give

support to the frequency planning of the network.
The purpose of this feature is to help the network

operation to find out the traffic distribution in mobile
communication network. This way the network operators
can retrieve information from the network concerning the
places where more capacity is needed.
MS Speed Detection feature determines the speed of the

mobile station (MS) in GSM/EDGE networks so that the
fast moving mobiles can be directed to macro cells and the
slower mobiles respectively to micro cells.
Cell Broadcast (CB) is used to send a short message

that the mobile network sends via certain cells to all
mobile stations which support the cell broadcast short
message service (SMS-CB) in a certain geographical area.
IUO parameters from UTPFIL to DB
The new parameters made after S4 release (S4 change
notes for Intelligent Underlay-Overlay and MS Power
Control Algorithm) have stored up into UTPFIL parameter
file. In the customer point of view it is easier to handle the
new parameters if they are stored up into database.
TCH assignment to Super-Reuse TRX in IUO
Intelligent Underlay-Overlay (IUO) is an optional feature in
the Base Station Controller (BSC). It is designed to allow
the operator to reuse frequencies very intensively and
hence achieve a higher radio network capacity.
In order to avoid interference caused by increased level of
frequency reuse, the BSC software estimates the degree of
interference on different frequencies and directs the
mobile stations to those frequencies that are "clean"
enough to sustain a good radio connection quality.
In the original IUO mechanism the radio resource manager
may allocate a traffic channel (TCH) for a call merely from a
regular TRX. If no TCHs are available on regular TRXs when
requested or in case of queuing after the queuing timer
has expired, the radio resource manager rejects the TCH
request because of lack of resources even though there
might be free TCHs available on super-reuse TRXs.
The new method of IUO enables more dynamic allocation
of the traffic channels especially in the high traffic
situations. If no TCHs are available on regular TRXs then,
the request is queued if allowed and/or, the SDCCH
measurement are used for comparing the downlink signal
level of the serving cell (carrier) and the downlink signal
level of those neighboring cells which use the same super-
reuse frequencies as the serving cell (interference). The
TCH assignment is done to super-reuse TRX, if the
downlink C/I ratio of the super-reuse TRX is good enough.
Figure 1.
This new method will improve the call success rate in the
cases when regular TRX has congestion and/or the queue
is not successful.
Radio channel allocation is used in the BSC to search and
allocate available free radio environment resources
(SDCCHs, TCHs). The BSC allocates radio resources so that
it takes interference, the load of the cell and rotation of
resources into account.
The Q1-master will be improved to handle parallel

tasks thus allowing simultaneous remote session and
collection of statistics without discontinuing alarm polling.
A major part of frequency plan may require changing
when new cells or channels are introduced to the network.
Some times the entire plan is changed.
In an operation network, large changes are critical in
regard to the time consumption and safety. The new plan
must be taken into use overnight without remarkable
degrading of the service.
If the new parameter set is downloaded from the NetAct
by the conventional way, i.e., first locking a TRX, then
changing its frequency, and finally unlocking it, the whole
operation for a large network may take too long.
This feature offers a better way to make large changes
into the network: downloading into a background
database. The following essential matters are covered:
- New data is loaded down as a background operation
without disturbing traffic. The data may come either
from the NMS2000 or from the BSC MML interface.
- Downloading errors are tolerated. Possibly interrupted
downloading may be repeated without disturbing traffic.
- New data can be quickly activated in the network
independently from the downloading. Thus, disturbance
in the network is remarkably shorter.
- Old data stays in the BSC as a back-up copy. It may be
reactivated quickly.
Handover adjacent cell measurement improvements

The handover adjacent cell measurement of the BSC
collects statistics about how handovers between different
cells are divided. The handover adjacent cell measurement
of the BSC includes counters for handover attempts and
successful handovers and also counters for failed
handovers due to lack of the radio resources.
This RADIO NETWORK ADMINISTRATION feature gives

operator means to modify the BTS site type. Modification
is possible between DE21/DF12 and Nokia Talk family of
BTSs and vise versa. The BTS site type is not possible to
modify to/from Prime Site.
The advantage of the feature is that the operator does not
have to delete and re-create the whole BTS site to change
the BTS site type.
DE21/DF12 does not support Floating-TRX and RF hopping,
Nokia Talk family does not support RFTE test equipment.
The modification of the site type is rejected in case of
these illegal site configurations.
Six Sector Support feature enables that the combiner type
and frequencies can be freely selected to each sector
independently from other sectors.
Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC) is aimed at removing

acoustic echo in the uplink direction. The original feature
BSS06142 operated with FR speech calls, and BSS07068
supports EFR and HR codecs as well. This feature needs
also uplink DTX to be activated in order to cancel acoustic
echo. In case uplink DTX is off the acoustic echo
cancellation feature will also be off.
When a third party BBU is used, alarms must be

handled as external customer alarms. Intelligent shutdown
is triggered from mains alarm, but this is not currently
available with 3rd party BBUs because BTS has no
understanding about the significance and purpose of
external alarms.
This feature allows to define an external alarm to be
interpreted as mains alarm from BBU. When this definition
is done and alarm is received, BTS does not report external
alarm code but the alarm code of mains breakdown alarm.
Now BSC regocnises the situation and starts the actions
defined for intelligent shutdown.
This is an addition to the existing BSS5 feature BSS5050

Dual Band GSM/DCS Network Operation. The
modifications concern the following items:
• multiband_cell_rep parameter, which indicates adjacent
cell signal strength reporting from both bands. This
parameter will be moved from PAFILE to database and a
MML will be used in handling this parameter.
• Alarm for illegal dual band BTS definition. This alarm will
replace the existing log file printing available in BSS5.
• Traffic distribution between single band and dual band
Mss in a multiband (GSM/DCS) environment.
• Controlled early classmark sending. One new parameter
is needed in indicating the early classmark sending in call
setup phase by the MS.
The Cell Broadcast (CB) Centre Interface (IF) provides

an interconnection between the BSC and Cell Broadcast
Centre (CBC).
High Speed Circuit Switched Data provides accelerated
circuit switched data rates for end user applications. Up to
four downlink and two uplink timeslots can be reserved for
one user. 9.6 kbit/s or 14.4 kbit/s channel codings can be
used in HSCSD. Maximum speed of 57.6 kbit/s can be
achieved, when using 14.4 kbit/s.
This feature allows the use of frequency hopping

separately for the both layers of an IUO cell.
This feature describes a configuration where both GSM

and DCS TRXs can be equipped on a cell (sector) and
subrack basis within one cabinet. TRXs can be added for
both bands as required up to maximum configuration of 4
TRX GSM + 2 TRX DCS or vice versa in one cabinet. Also
2GSM+2GSM+2DCS or 2GSM+2DCS+2DCS fits into single
cabinet.
Intelligent Shutdown for Talk BTS provides the protection

against maintenance breaks for BTSs. The BTS site may be
equipped with battery backup. The aim is t+B13o maintain
service as long as possible. To achieve this it is reasonable
to reduce capacity on certain sites in order to save battery,
and maintain only the essential BTS functions.
This feature enables the recovery system to return the

BCCH automatically to its original TRX after the fault has
been eliminated. Manual actions are not needed any more
to keep the BCCH permanently on a particular TRX. The
feature utilises the forced handover procedure to avoid
cutting any calls.
Before BSS7 taking a new BCF into use consists of
several phases at the BSC or at the NetAct: create a BCF,
attach a SW package, activate the package, attach a HW
database and unlock the BCF.
Usually there is only one SW package per BTS generation
to be used network wide. With this feature the operator is
able to define an initial SW package in advance for each
BTS generation. Creating a BCF will then automatically
attach and activate the predefined initial SW package to
the new BCF. Thus, the operator will not have to take care
of attaching a proper SW package every time when
creating a new BCF any more. From now on he or she may
ignore two standard manual work phases in BTS
commissioning.
When it is time to start using a new BTS SW release
package, the operator just has to change the initial
package definition. After that, all subsequent BCF creations
will use the new SW package as default. However, the
operator is still able to attach any SW package to a BCF by
conventional actions.
The BTS test equipment - Radio Frequency Test Equipment

(RFTE) or a Site Test Monitor Unit (STM) - are used in
commissioning, monitoring and fault location of the BTSs.
For Talk Family and Prime Sites there are also loop tests
which do not require any specific test equipment.
The operator can execute the BTS tests either locally with
the BTS MMI or remotely from the NetAct or from the BSC.
The NetAct top level user interface supports scheduled
TRX tests and single Mobile originated test call.
With S6 release the operator can change the threshold
parameters that the BSC is using when making the
PASS/FAIL decision for the RX sensitivity measurement.
With this feature the operator can also change the
threshold parameters of:
• TRX test (by cable or air, requires RFTE or STM)
• TRX loop test (Talk family and Prime Site, requires no test
equipment)
• Antenna loop test (Prime Site, requires no test
equipment)
• Test call (Mobile Terminating and Mobile Originated,
requires STM)
The figure below is an example of a TRX test result in the
BSC.
In the TRX test the adjustable parameters will be the STM
result and the bit error ratios (default value 2%). Same
thresholds are used for the scheduled tests and single
tests. If the test fails BSC raises also an alarm. The alarm is
cancelled after a passed test result. The operator can set
the threshold parameters per test type and also return the
default thresholds with BSC MML.
With this feature it will be possible to create 16k Q1
channels to the Abis interface PCMs.
The service channel between the Base Station
Controller (BSC) and Transmission Equipment is regarded
as Q1 Interface. With Q1 Interface Handling MML, the user
creates service channels that are used between BSC and
Transmission Equipment. Q1 Service Channels are
asynchronous serial communications channels. The used
protocol is Nokia's own Transmission Management System
Protocols.
In BSS6 the possible values for the parameter that

defines the receiver branch used in scheduled BTS tests -
TRX test by cable or air, RX antenna test, TRX loop test,
Antenna loop test (the possible tests are dependent on the
BTS generation and/or the test equipment) - are:
• Branch 1 (RX path 1)
• Branch 2 (RX path 2)
• Averaged (Combined)
This feature introduces a parameter value:
• Both (RX paths 1 and 2 separately)
When the selection BOTH is used, the scheduled test for
RX path 1 and 2 is executed one after the other. A
separate result of RX path 1 and 2 is sent to the NetAct.
Due to the complex nature of micro-cellular environment

a Turn-a-corner MS s can cause problems. When a MS is
turning a corner, the signal strength of micro-cell may drop
by 30 dB due to the losing of line-of-sight effect. The
existing feature rapid field drop in chained cells direct a MS
from horizontal cell to the vertical one, but it may also
cause ping-pong effect to the inhouse slow-moving traffic,
if the Rapid field drop threshold is set too high. That is the
reason why the new solution to the turn-a-corner
handover is designed. The new feature is called Enhanced
Rapid Field Drop.
The MS Speed Detection is a feature in BSS6. The basic
idea of the MS Speed Detection feature is to keep the fast
moving MS's in macro cells and direct the slow moving
MS's into micro cells. However some operators have
different strategies for traffic distribution. It is suggested
not to use Speed Information as a micro to macro
handover indication because "Speed" itself has different
interpretations in different locations. Therefore, it is
reasonable to have various window size ( i.e. Better Cell
Trigger / Quality Trigger ) according to the speed
indication.
In principle, high-speed MS should use shorter average
window size, and low-speed MS should use longer average
window size. Therefore, all averaging-processes should
have two sets of widow parameters, one set for high speed
MS and one set for low speed MS. By applying various
window size, fast-moving MSs have shorter window size
and they may handover to target cell faster. For a slow-
moving MS, a longer window size is applied in order to
prevent it from unnecessary oscillation.
Dynamic SDCCH makes it possible to configure the SDCCH

resources according to the actual SDCCH traffic situation of
a cell. In congestion situations it is possible to enlarge
SDCCH capacity for BTS and when the SDCCH congestion is
over the extra SDCCH resources are configured back to
TCH resources.
The expanded Circuit Switched Data 14.4 kbit/s is

providing
Transparent service data rate 14.4 kbit/s and non-
transparent service data rate 14.5 kbit/s. Automatic link
adaptation is used to switch channel-coding mode
between 9.6 kbit/s and 14.4 kbit/s according to radio
conditions.
With this feature it is possible to install more than one

CD before creating a correction package. It is particularly
useful when making a BSC software upgrade or when
commissioning a BSC for the first time, as in these cases
we usually have to install many CDs at the same time.
The GSM1900 frequency band in the USA consists of
channel numbers 512 to 810. The band has been further
divided into six sub-blocks A, B, C, D, E, F, blocks A to C
being 15 MHz bands and D to F being 5 MHz bands.
The FCC, the local regulator in the USA, has set certain
emission limits for GSM1900 equipment to ensure that an
operator on a band does not interfere another operator on
the adjacent bands. Firstly, the edge channel between two
adjacent blocks must not be used at all (forbidden
channels, see the table below). Secondly, two more
channels next to the edge channel may not be used on the
maximum transmit power (attenuated channels in the
table). The result is that there are three channels between
each two adjacent sub-bands that can not be used freely.
Also the extreme edges of the GSM1900 band, i.e.,
channels 512 and 810, belong to the low power category.
The BSS has the responsibility to control the edge channel
emission limits.
Current implementation in Nokia BSS is that the BTS totally
prevents from allocating any of these three guard
channels.
This is not an acceptable situation from the operators
point of view, because two out of those three channels
could be used under certain transmit power related
restrictions. In a 15 MHz band, 2 channels out of 74
channels (2,7%), and in a 5 MHz band, 2 channels out of 24
channels (8,3%) has been unnecessarily blocked. Only the
absolute border frequencies should be blocked out of use
totally.
With this feature the two channels out of three are
released from blocking by controlling the maximum TRX
transmit power.
The BSS controls the usage of the frequencies in a way that
the forbidden channels are totally blocked out of use and
the attenuated channels may transmit on a pre-defined
maximum power level. This level may be lower than the
absolute maximum output power of a
Due to the nature of DCS1800 and PCS 1900 signal
attenuation, different coverage enhancement methods
have been introduced.
The Intelligent Coverage Enhancement (ICE) feature is
intend to provide enhanced coverage by using one of the
TRXs coupled to antenna with Hybrid Combiner Bypassed
(AFE) and rest of the TRXs coupled to antenna using
combiner (AFE).
For example in the picture below the dual duplexing is
combined with this bypass configuration. In this way TRXs
can be divided into two groups, where signal of one TRX
bypasses the hybrid and signals of two other TRXs are
combined together into another antenna. The following
picture explains this configuration.
Typically, the cell is equipped with BCCH TRX having higher
transmitting power than other TRX. Therefore, the cell is
divided to two different areas, one larger area(providing
coverage) and another(providing capacity) with totally
overlapping service area.
The call is always initiated in the coverage layer, but if the
signal level exceed a predetermined threshold, the call can
be handed over capacity layer. On the other hand, if the
signal level falls below the threshold or the call suffers bad
quality, the call is handed over coverage layer.
With Signalling Point Code Modification it is possible to

change signalling point code of MSC without deleting the
whole A interface by using a few MML commands.
Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC) removes the echo that

is produced by coupling between the earpiece and
microphone in handsets and handsfree devices. If a mobile
is not able to remove acoustic echo, the echo cancellation
is done by the network. MSC performs Echo Cancellation in
DL direction. This feature enables BSC to perform Echo
Cancellation in UL. Nokia AEC operates with all three GSM
speech codecs (FR, HR, and EFR).
Currently GSM-based mobile networks can handle only

2-digit Mobile Network Codes (MNC). This limits the
maximum number of networks to 100 within one country
within one Mobile Country Code (MCC).
Directed Retry procedure is a facility in a cellular radio
system which is triggered by the assignment procedure in
the call set-up phase. It allows the mobile subscriber to
make a second attempt at gaining access if the first one
fails due to congestion.
Due to this feature the selection of the candidate cells in
DR procedure is now able to perform in a more improved
way. The determination is based on the predefined
minimum threshold value of rx signal level, which is
adjusted with the parameter. Due to this improvement the
quality of the signal in the cell is better after Directed Retry
is performed successfully.
In DR procedure, the criteria for selecting the possible
candidate cells are not as strict as in the normal handover
algorithm analysis. The field strength, the MS classmark,
and the maximum power level in the cell are taken into
account during the candidate cell list creation procedure of
directed retry handover. If there are no neighbouring cells
with satisfactory radio quality, the creation of a candidate
list is not possible, and therefore it is not possible to
continue the started Directed Retry procedure.
In this method the predefined threshold value of the signal
level is used. This threshold for the minimum level of the
signal strength in the adjacent cell. When the signal
strength level is lower than this threshold value the cell is
not accepted as a candidate value stands cell in Directed
Retry procedure.
Call Release after Loss of TRAU syncronisation includes an

enhancement and it maintains the call longer. BTS repeats
the remote transcoder failure in one second periods until
the BSC releases the call or the frame synchronisation is
obtained again.
The RF Power Control and Handover Algorithm controls
the intervals between handovers and handover attempts
by means of timers:
• minimum interval between handovers related to the
same connection.
• minimum interval between an unsuccessful handover
attempt and the following handover attempt.
The timer for the minimum interval between handovers
concerns all types of handover attempts, thus handovers
are not possible during the interval. The timer for the
minimum interval between an unsuccessful handover
attempt and the following handover attempt may also
concern all types of handover attempts, or it may concern
only specified cells (or specified frequency groups). The
BSC may also determine extra guard timers for specified
cells (or for specified frequency groups) as a result of
handover failures and bad quality experience.
The improvement concerns the control of the intervals
between handovers and handover attempts as follows:
1. The BSC does not allow a handover from the serving cell
back to a low layer cell if the call has been handed over
from the low layer cell in question to the serving cell due
to bad signal quality.
2. The BSC maintains all timers which concern specified
cells (or specified frequency groups) when the call is
handed over within the serving cell.
3. The BSC maintains all timers which concern specified
cells (or specified frequency groups) when it performs an
underlay-overlay handover between regular and super-
reuse frequencies.
4. The BSC maintains all timers which concern super-reuse
frequency groups when the call is handed over from the
serving cell to a regular cell.
Traffic control based on the MS speed
Traffic control based on the MS speed is an optional
feature in the BSC. Detection of the MS speed makes it
possible for the BSC to control traffic between the
Transmit booster can be used together with non-boosted
TRX with the help of ICE concept.
BTS Local User Interface feature introduces local

management inteface for BTSs. Local access and control
over the BTS are required especially during commissioning
and later during service and maintenance activities.
S7 Enhancements in the MML command ZEEI (Output
Radio Network Configuration):
MML command ZEEI is a useful tool to get a general view
of the whole BSS. Currently the following information is
displayed.
- BCF: identification number; administrative and
operational state; OMUSIG's name, state and BCSU
- BTS: identification name and number; administrative and
operational state; LAC and CI; number of busy traffic
channels (FR, HR)
- TRX: identification number; administrative and
operational state; frequency; Abis-PCM; BCSU; BCCH/CBCH
indication; indication if the TRX is a floating one.
Possible search criteria includes the BCF number and the
BTS number. It is also possible to check the number of
TRXs in each BCSU.The ZEEI command will be even more
useful when the following information can be obtained:
- BCF site type (DE21/DF12, DE34/DF34, DE45/DF45),
- indication if a TRX is extended type of TRX in an extended
cell, ERACH TRX will be distinguished,
- indication if a TRX is a Preferred BCCH TRX,
- in case of IUO cell, the frequency type parameter of a
TRX.
BCSU listing will show, in addition to number of TRXs per
BCSU:- number of TRXSIGs created per BCSU,
- number of BCFSIGs created per BCSU,
- total number of created TRXs as well as the maximum
TRX capacity with current BSC HW configuration.
Parameter checking:New command ZEQQ is introduced
for checking that the amount of IUO interfering cell
definitions do not exceed the allowed maximum.
Consistency checking:
MML command ZEAT (Check Adjacent Cell Data) has been
improved in a way that it gives a warning if the BCCH
frequency of an adjacent cell is by accident the same as
the BCCH frequency of the serving cell.
With Flexible MAIO ( mobile allocation index offset)
Management feature it is possible to arrange MAIOs within
a cell in a way that using successive frequency channels
becomes possible without successive channel interference.
A new MML is designed for transcoder configuration. It
will replace the TCSM2 ET2E plug-in unit connection and
disconnection commands (WUC and WUD). The MML will
simplify the operator procedures for TCSM2 configuration
handling. The operator can:
• Create transcoder PCMs, parameters ET-PCM, TC-PCM
index, TC-PCM pool type, controlling computer type and
index.
• Delete transcoder PCMs, parameters ET-PCM, TC-PCM
index
• Add TCSM2 through connections, parameters ET-PCM,
TSL, TC-PCM index, TSL
• Remove TCSM2 through connections, parameters ET-
PCM, TSL, TC-PCM index, TSL
• Fetch through connections from TCSM2, parameters ET-
PCM
• Set the number of through connections, parameters ET-
PCM, number of through connections
• Output transcoder configurations, parameters ET-PCM,
output mode
Before it was possible to have at maximum two wideband

combiner units per sector in the Talk-Family BTS that limits
the RF frequency hopping to be used with maximum of
four TRXs per sector.
Transmission Equipment Alarm Handling harmonises

the Fault Code level alarm numbers in BSC and in BTSs in
case of transmission equipment alarms.
Security Reporting introduces the locking capability for

user actions via MML. Security reporting supervises
information security by reporting attempts to violate the
security of the network element. Operator can use security
reporting to identify problems involving information
security.
With this new feature, the operator can define one to four
different handover reasons and see the success of
handovers from one cell to another as regards these
reasons. Information on the success of intra-cell handovers
with specified handover reasons will also be available.
These four measurements are all related to the existing
Handover Adjacent Cell measurement.
SCCP (Signalling Connection Control Part) has the
update that improves the BSC A interface so that it can
more easily adapt to changes in the MSC signalling
software.
Direct Access to Desired Layer/Band (DADL/B) feature

reduces the number of unnecessary TCH reservations in
macro cells. DADL/B feature directs traffic in call set-up
phase from SDCCH of a macro cell/GSM900 cell to TCH of a
micro cell/GSM1800 cell whenever possible.
With this feature, the system administrator is able to

set a validity period for passwords e.g. one month.
The system enforces users to change their passwords after
the validity period has expired.
Enhanced Coverage by Frequency Hopping (ECFH) feature

improves the coverage to the networks through FH.
Because the hopping transceivers are providing more
coverage than the BCCH, this solution handles the channel
allocation to the appropriate network layer. The feature
provides as well seamless handovers between two layers
according to the path loss or quality of the connection.
This feature implements the possibility to change the

transcoder PCM types with less work than previously.
Tri-Band feature supports the usage of the ETSI-specified

GSM900 frequency band extension, E-GSM900. The Tri-
Band release provides an implementation in which the E-
GSM900, P-GSM900 and GSM1800 frequencies are
configured in the same network.
This feature provides the operator with detailed

information on the last seconds of a call after the call has
been dropped unexpectedly, and thus gives the reasons
for possible problems. Dropped Call Observation contains
detailed information on a call that has dropped.
The Nokia Advanced Multilayer Handling (AMH) concept is

used to redistribute traffic to the appropriate layer or
frequency band according to the prevailing load of the
network.
Online observation data is filtered in a statistics process so
that the NMS/2000 can understand it although a new BSC
software version has been released.
RX Antenna Supervision by RSSI (Received Signal Strength

Indicator) feature provides the continuous antenna
supervision based on RSSI. The supervision is used to the
BTSs that have the main and diversity Rx in use.
Tandem Free Operation (TFO) improves the speech

quality in mobile-to-mobile calls by avoiding double
transcoding. In TFO the speech is transported in its
compressed form across the network(s), which minimises
the number of transcodings. The tests performed by ETSI
show significant gain in the subjective quality for all speech
codecs (FR, EFR, and HR).
Capacity features such as IUO and FH will give operators

more possibilities of using higher capacity configurations.
The introduction of dual band will also set requirements
for increasing the number of TRXs in a BTS.
At the moment, the maximum configuration for a Nokia
Talk-family BTS with RTC is 6+6 TRXs with one BTS and
6+6+6 TRXs with two BTSs. This is due to the combiner
solutions. In the current product architecture, the internal
dimensioning
and design solutions have been done from the viewpoint
that 12 is the maximum number of TRXs that will be
supported under one BCF. By modifying the combiner
solution, it would be possible to build high-capacity sites
with up to 12+12+12 TRXs by installing BTSs side by side.
The dual-duplex RTC solution increases the BTS capacity up
to 12 TRXs per cell. There are two different solutions
available depending on the number of antennas in use.
The number of antennas can be minimised by using two
additional 3 dB splitters to divide the main and diversity
receive signals between the RTC duplex filter and RMU
units. In this case, only two antennas are needed. The use
of splitters causes 3 dB degradation in RX sensitivity, but
this can be compensated by using MastHead Preamplifiers
if necessary.
FIGURE
Alternatively, there is a four-antenna solution. By using
four antennas, 3 dB splitters are not needed at all and
therefore there is no degradation in RX sensitivity. Two
additional antennas are needed for the diversity RX
branches.
FIGURE
If RTC got faulty in previous software releases, all TRX
faults in those TRXs which where connected to faulty RTC,
recovered one by one. This enabled unnecessary TRX
recoveries. In S9 those faults are reported in a list, which
prevents unncessary TRX recovery actions. In S9 it is also
possible to make multible TRX recovery if needed. For
MS Capability Indication Measurement provides cell
specific information on the capabilities of the mobile
stations. In this measurement, the mobile stations are
separated into groups based on the following features:
revision level, supported frequency band, and multislot
capability.
The BSC has a variable power change step size for

increasing and decreasing the MS transmission power and
for increasing the BTS transmission power.
There is a need to use RF hopping with up to eight TRXs in

the same cell with only two antennas.
To allow this, a four-way hybrid combiner filter unit with
eight Rx outputs is needed. These combiners are used in
pairs to support eight TRXs with diversity receive.
No special BTS or BSC software support was made in the
first phase, so the O&M saw four AFEs instead of the two
AFCs.
Channel Finder Measurement (70) registers more statistics

on neighboring cells that the MS receives best.
Noise Supression (NS) is used to increase SNR

(signal/noise ratio) effectively by lowering the noise level
without attenuation of the speech signal. The feature is
specially useful in noisy and urban environments.
BSS supports location solution through Nokia MSC. The

solution provides scalable capacity through MSC and
CITArx based location methods. CITArx = Cell Id+Timing
Advance+RXlevel.
Frame Erasure Rate (FER) Measurement provides the

uplink frame erasure rate (UL FER) from each codec of
each TRX in the BTS. This provides a more realistic measure
of voice quality in the system than the bit error ratio (BER)-
based RxQuality measurement.
Multi BCF Control feature allows the combination of
several BTSs into one logical cell, allowing the operator to
increase the capacity of a cell while maintaining the
maximum spectral efficiency.
Synchronised BSS feature enables to syncronize the whole

radio network. If all the clocks of the different sites along
the network were synchronised, then a "Network Level
Synchronisation" would be achieved. This is the type of
synchronisation achieved with the Synchronised BSS
feature. The most effective method to achieve this level of
synchronisation is through GPS time reference.
Support of PBCCH/PCCCH brings a dedicated common

control channel (CCCH) capacity for GPRS/EDGE services.
In GPRS/EDGE networks the Priority-Based Quality of

Service introduces mechanisms to differentiate
applications' or subscribers' service levels.
This feature supports the use of 800 MHz frequency band
in BSS.
For the 800 MHz band, the system will operate in the
following frequency bands:
Uplink: 824 - 849 MHz: mobile station transmits, base
station receives
Downlink: 869 - 894 MHz: base station transmits, mobile
station receives
The carrier frequency is designated by the absolute radio
frequency channel number (ARFCN). FI (n) is the frequency
value of the carrier ARFCN n in the lower band and Fu (n)
the corresponding frequency value in the upper band:
Summary of Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Numbering
800 MHz
Fl(n) = 824.2 + 0.2*(n-128)
128 ≤ n ≤ 251
Fu(n) = Fl(n) +45
As main rule, all the existing BSS features, which are
applicable to MetroSite and UltraSite BTS, will be
supported also in 800 MHz band.
-----------
GSM/EDGE800/1900 Band Specific Power Controlling
Parameters for Common BCCH:The Common BCCH Control
feature enables the utilisation of different frequency band
resources within one cell configured on separate BTSs in
the cell that is called a segment. Typically a segment has
BCCH frequency on lower band and power is adjusted for
non-BCCH band BTSs also according to that.
When GSM 800/GSM1900 segment has BCCH frequency
on upper frequency band BTS, e.g. because of the fact that
1900MHz band has been taken into use earlier than lower
band, then for adjusting maximum transmission power for
both 800MHz and 1900MHz bands needs to be done
separately in order to maintain connection to MS due to
different radio propagation properties resulting as
different radio coverages of 800MHz and 1900MHz.
System Level Trace is the extension for the current GSM
tracing facility, by providing GPRS/EDGE System Level
Trace.
Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE), introduced

to GSM/GPRS standard Release 99, in average three folds
GSM/GPRS network capacity and data rates to meet the
demands of wireless multimedia applications and mass-
market deployment. The Nokia EDGE Solution includes
Enhanced GPRS (EGPRS) for packet switched data.
Nokia MetroSite GSM/EDGE base stations can be chained

in order to build larger configurations for micro cellular
environments.
The Nokia Smart Radio Concept (SRC) includes a
combination of increased signal power and diversity
solutions applied in both uplink and downlink directions.
Text Telephony (TTY) feature enables text-based

communication over a speech bearer. This functionality
has been used in the fixed network for many years to
transmit text and speech through ordinary speech traffic
channels.
Remote BTS Manager is introducing BTS Element

Manager for MetroSite and UltraSite BTSs.
Intelligent Shutdown provides the protection against
maintenance breaks for BTSs. The BTS site may be
equipped with battery backup. The aim is to maintain
service as long as possible. To achieve this it is reasonable
to reduce capacity on certain sites in order to save battery,
and maintain only the essential BTS functions.
Support for Cell Global Identity enables outgoing

handovers between GSM cells, which belong to different
PLMN areas. It also enables the user to define a handover
preference order for target GSM cells according to the
PLMN area.
The purpose of this feature is to offer automatic recovery

for the loss of LMU clock, meaning getting the chained
cabinet to the unsynchronised mode and also to offer
automatic recovery to the synchronised mode when the
LMU clock is available again. This feature also offers
synchronisation recovery for Multi BCF site.
Before BSS11085, the BSC Statistics included several
measurements, which were developed to produce
information for creating neighbour plans and frequency
plans for GSM radio network. These tasks are being carried
out in the OSS, whilst the BSC provides the required
information to accomplish these tasks. In the last BSC
releases, new measurements have been introduced to
automate these tasks as well as to improve their accuracy.
S11 feature 'Automated Planning Enhancement'
introduces two independent means to achieve these goals:
• New measurement for interference matrix, based on
Total FEP
• Automated changing of active BA list
GPRS Coding Schemes CS3 and CS4 are more efficient and
provide up to 60% higher data rates per radio channel
(than existing coding schemes CS1 and CS2). Nokia
implementation also includes dynamic link adaption and
support for both uplink and downlink.
The BSC supports the extended cell radius for the BTS. An
inner cell has a regular coverage area and an outer cell has
an extended radius of the coverage area. The
implementation is based on one-BCCH and two TRX
solutions. Different TRXs serve the normal area and the
extended area.
Lb Interface feature is used to connect BSC and

stand-alone Serving Mobile Location Centre (S/A SMLC) Lb
interface in BSC supports network assisted MS location
methods calculation, and the calculation capacity in BSS is
boosted up to the corresponding demand.
Multi BCF Control feature allows the combination of

several BTSs into one logical cell, allowing the operator to
increase the capacity of a cell while maintaining the
maximum spectral efficiency. Up to 3 MetroSite BTS
cabinets can be connected to 1 TalkFamily BTS. Maximum
number of TRXs with this combination can be 24 (12 TRXs
Talk cabinet and 12 TRXs using 3 chained Metro cabinets).
Multi BCF also provides a path for site expansion from
Nokia Talk-family to Nokia Metro & UltraSite EDGE BTS and
therefore an evolution path to EDGE services.
In Base band hopping a transceiver transmits on a fixed
frequency and a call is switched burst by burst through
transceivers.
With Enhanced TRX Prioritisation in TCH Allocation the

BCCH TRX TCHs are allocated to non-AMR GSM users.
Extended Uplink TBF (Temporaly Block Flow) reduces both

system Round Trip Times (RTT) and TCP (Transmission
Control Protocol) slow start impact. With Extended UL TBF
(Temporaly Block Flow) UL TBF release can be delayed in
order to make it possible to establish the following
downlink TBF on an associated signaling channel, instead
of a common signaling channel.
EDGE One Phase Access enables fast EDGE uplink access to

network (3GPP release 99 standard).With a new channel
access messaging a mobile can faster indicate to network
that it is requesting EDGE resources.
Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) reduces service

outage time when a GPRS/EDGE mobile moves between
GPRS/EDGE cells. NACC improves both autonomous and
network controlled cell change.
This feature provides support of Intra-BSC NACC (inside
BSC).
Discontinuous transmission (DTX) allows the radio

transmitter to be switched off during speech pauses. This
feature reduces the power consumption of the
transmitter, which is important for mobile phones, and
decreases the overall interference level on the radio
channels affecting the capacity of the network.
BSC is able to use MGW transcoding services via Ater

interface.
New counters to support Soft Channel Capacity Feature
usage.
New counters added to existing '29 Drop Call Breakdown

Observation'.
This feature enables the configuring of the BCCH carrier on
EGSM900 band in a multiband segment with both
PGSM900 and EGSM900 BTS objects.
Volume weighted (VW) Logical Link Control (LLC)

throughput counters per technology, QoS priority and
direction.
This feature enables the combining of PGSM900 and

EGSM900 frequencies in a BTS object when the BCCH
carrier of the segment is on EGSM900 frequency band.
This feature extends value range of timer parameter T8.
This feature extends value range of timer parameter T10.
This feature extends value range of timer parameter

T9113.
This feature introduces modifiable LAPDm T200 values

for FACCH and SDCCH.

T3103.

T3107.
Disable EMR for faulty handsets. EMR is activated only

when a MS supports Inter System HO or is Rel 4 or later.
This prevents faulty MSs from dropping /failing.
The old 'SPARE057044' counter is recovered to be

updated along with the counter '001202 DROP AFTER TCH
ASSIGN'.
Enhancement of AMR HR licence key handling with SCC.
This feature enables the combining of PGSM900 and

EGSM900 frequencies in a BTS object when the BCCH
carrier of the segment is on PGSM900 frequency band.
The functionality of existing '29 Drop Call Breakdown
Observation' is widen to focus also counter '002071 CLEAR
REQUEST SENT BY BSC ON TCH'. New counter '029041
FOCUS OF BREAKDOWN' is added to indicate the focus of
the observation.
The capturing of last used bitrate counter values in '29

Drop Call Breakdown Observation' is changed. The
counters will record the real last bitrate used in uplink and
downlink directions.
This feature improves the BSC overload control system so

that the BSC can handle more RACHs (random access
messages) in heavily loaded cells. More RACH handling
capacity is needed typically in big cells, where common
BCCH feature is used or the BTS has a lot of TRXs.
This feature enables monitoring of TTY calls in BSC level

i.e. in BSC new counter is implemented to count TTY call
amount in BSC.
This feature improves DFCA related Background

Interference Matrix (BIM) update process. In the BIM
update process the C/I sample amounts from different
neighbour cells can vary quite a lot, which may cause some
distortion to the averaged C/I values compared between
the neighbour cells. With this feature it is possible to
balance the distorition by scaling the averaged C/I values
of the different neighbour cells according to their C/I
sample amounts. The scaling is controlled by the UTPFIL
parameters.
Excluding of GPRS Suspend Information IE from

HANDOVER REQUIRED message.
NSE reset procedure is a tool for the operator to recover

from problems on Gb interface.
High Capacity Signalling Links on A Interface helps in the

situations when CCS7 links are congested. Between BSC
and MSC is possible to have maximum 16 SS7 Signalling
links.
Dual Band for GSM800/GSM1900 enhances the
existing dual band capability of the Nokia BSS to cover the
combining of GSM800 and GSM1900 frequency bands into
the same network.
GSM/EDGE Common BCCH, ANSI feature allows GSM

800 and GSM 1900 TRXs (ANSI Environment) to share the
same BCCH, i.e. to effectively be in the same cell.
Dual Band for GSM800/GSM1800 enhances the

existing dual band capability of the Nokia BSS to cover the
combining of GSM800 and GSM1800 frequency bands into
the same network.
AMR Quality and Coverage (Full Rate) improves the speech

quality of the call by adapting the voice codec according to
the radio condition. This results excellent speech quality,
when the radio condition is good. In case the radio
condition is deteoriated then to utilise more robust codec,
so the low frame error rate (FER) is maintained and voice
quality is improved.
AMR Capacity is useful in area of lower C/I requirement.

The reuse frequency of AMR network can be higher
without speech quality deterioration. With AMR we can
achieve very good speech quality in full rate (FR) mode
even in low C/I conditions or increase the speech capacity
by using the half rate (HR) mode and still maintain the
quality level of current FR calls. Half Rate AMR speech
codec for the GSM system that supports six lower
narrowband speech encoding modes with bit rates
between 4.75 kbit/s and 7.95 kbit/s.
GRPS Resume decreases the number of routing area

updates after a CS call is terminated. Thus GRPS resume
decreases the capacity used for signalling data.
Delayed Downlink TBF (Temporaly Block Flow) in GPRS

shortens packet data latency by keeping the downlink
connection active even if there is no uplink traffic.
GPRS Uplink power control algorithm is based on the 3GPP
TS 45.008 open loop power control. Network provides
parameters to a mobile for more effective GPRS Uplink
power control.
Nokia Soft Channel Capacity (SCC) is a software based

capacity solution to enable flexible and efficient usage of
AMR HR. With SCC it is possible to configure dual rate
channels for AMR HR usage without decreasing BSC's
maximum TRX capacity of the BSC2i and BSC3i products.
SCC increases the traffic channel (TCH) connectivity of the
BSC2i and BSC3i products.
Local Transmission Equipment Management is used for

managing transmission equipment in field conditions. The
operation is handled with Hand-Held Service Terminal.
With this feature GSM/EDGE network is able to forward

outgoing handover attempts to 3G networks.
With this feature GSM/EDGE network is able to accept

incoming handover attempts from 3G network.
The mobile performs cell reselection from 2G to 3G

network in Packet Switched state. Cell reselection is based
on the parameters sent by the network to the mobile in
the Packet System Information messages.
The mobile performs cell reselection from 2G to 3G
network in Circuit Switched mode/idle state. Cell
reselection is based on the parameters sent by the
network to the mobile in the System Information
messages.
Terminal will perform cell reselection autonomously based

on radio reason based triggering. Selection parameters are
broadcasted on PBCCH.
Handover attempt from 2G to 3G is initiated by the BSC if

the load of the serving GSM cell exceeds the operator
defined load threshold for voice or if signal strength
(Ec/No) of 3G cell is higher than the operator defined
threshold.
Cell Selection and Reselection are mandatory procedures

for GSM and GPRS/EDGE MSs. Cell Selection and
Reselection are always performed by the MS. Cell
Reselection can be initiated by the MS autonomously or
commanded by the network.
In MS autonomous mode BSC sends cell reselection
parameters to MS on BCCH or PBCCH. With these
parameters 3GPP TS 45.008 standard defined C1 and C2
cell reselection criteria are available. In case PBCCH is
deployed also GPRS/EDGE specific C31 and C32 criteria are
available. MS autonomous cell reselection criteria are
applied both in GPRS idle state and during the GPRS/EDGE
data transfer.
Full-Rate (FR) Codec offers the speech-coding algorithm

for GSM BSS system providing the basic voice services. The
basic Telephony (T11) and Emergency Call (T12), speech
services are being supported.
Virtual "GSM Voice & Extension Package" bundles the

minor legacy features into System Packages (SP). SP is used
in Ordering and Tendering Tools.
Virtual "PS Data Packge" bundles the minor legacy features

into System Packages (SP). SP is used in Ordering and
Tendering Tools.
Virtual "Common Control Channel Package" bundles the

minor legacy features into System Packages (SP). SP is used
in Ordering and Tendering Tools.
Virtual "Trace & Security package" bundles the minor
legacy features into System Packages (SP). SP is used in
Ordering and Tendering Tools.
Virtual "BTS Configuration Package" bundles the minor

legacy features into System Packages (SP). SP is used in
Ordering and Tendering Tools.
External Alarms and Controls (EAC) signals can be

defined to the BTS. The alarms that are caused on the site,
such as the intruder alarm, are sent to NetAct. The outputs
are the open-collector type and the inputs are TTL level
signals, all referred to 5V.
The functionality to install the CDs is as follows:

• A new MAFILE is created when a new CD is updated
upon
the old package. Now the MAFILE contains exactly the
right versions of the program files.
• The history file of the package is updated.
After using this new procedure in (change delivery)
installation, it is possible to see the updating history of
certain software.
It is possible to fit a second, optional transmission card

(TRU) to expand the possible number of transmission links
from 3x2 MBit/s to 4x2 Mbit/s.
easurement (94)
Benefits Feature code
This feature gives an overview of the system health with a
single command before a maintenance activity. All the
important pieces of information are collected in a single
report, so there is no need to do a complete BSCLogCol or
execute these commands manually one by one.
• Avoids loss of sensitive commercial statistics used by the

technical and commercial management for successful
Network functioning evaluation.
• Avoids KPI discrepancies.
The RG302466: A5/4 Ciphering feature provides the 55741

following benefit:
• Offers a higher level of protection against eavesdropping
through A5/3 or A5/4 algorithm selection instead of A5/1.
The RG302753: HO relations enhancement feature
provides the following benefits:
• Provides efficient handovers by supporting a wide range
of neighbors for sites along the seacoasts.
• Enables support for two sets of 32 neighbor cells in the
MOCN network.
The RG302802: Enhanced call re-establishment rate with 56582

ZTE core feature provides the following benefits:
• Provides some time for call re-establishment and there
will be no call drops.
• Increases 2G call re-establishment success rate.
The RG302813: Flexible DSCP support in Flexi BSC/mcBSC 56877

feature provides the following benefits:
• The S-plane or network control plane can be defined
with a DSCP value 48.
• All DSCP values in a full numerical range between 0 and
63 (64 values) are supported.
• Traffic class and DSCP values can be assigned freely to
each other.
• Reduces the load on own network as external operator 56876
subscribers are provided with their LTE neighbour
information enabling fast reselection
• Improves the network performance
• Facilitates network sharing with BSS21213: Multi-
Operator BSS and RG301777: MOCN Rel10 Support
features
• Uses IMSI or PLMN to assign dedicated priorities for the
specific mobile station
• Improved voice transfer capabilities. 52082

• Provides an enhancement to both low and high end of
the audio frequency band thereby providing a clear and
more intimate sound.
The feature brings the following benefits: 55589
• Reduced call drops due to sudden decrease in MS
transmission power.
• The variable-power-change step size power reduction is
not an optimal solution with Dynamic Frequency and
Channel Allocation (DFCA) because the interference level is
well estimated and the initial DFCA based power reduction
takes care of the required power reduction to reduce
interference to other surrounding ongoing calls while still
maintaining the required Carrier-to-Interference (C/I) ratio.
The feature brings the following benefits: 55588

• Support of Multiple-operator BSS Configuration (MOBSS)
with Lean GSM solution.
• The txrxUsageList support for MOBSS- Antenna
Optimized (AO) configurations in Lean GSM to selectively
define the TXRX or RX usage of antennas from the resource
list under the LCELC MO.
• Reduced inter-cell handover call drops with the usage of
Beam info from handover access.
• Improvements to Trace and Observations by adding
beam information to the RG302585: Lean GSM Solution
feature.
The feature provide the following benefits:

• Collects all the configuration data and computer logs of
all units.
• Helps in troubleshooting outages.
• Reduction in the runtime of the BSCLogCol as the MML
commands are executed in chunks.
The feature provides the following benefits:
• Secure file transfer between NetAct and BSC
• Minimized file permissions and masks
The feature brings the following benefits:

• Reduce the overall time taken in the precheck/activation
phase during BSC software upgrade.
• The overall time taken in the upgrade procedure is
reduced to 30 %.
The feature brings the following benefit:

• You can use the RG302585: Lean GSM Solution feature in
an optimized way, when the RG302585: Lean GSM
Solution feature is supported with MOBSS.
The feature provides the following benefits: 55195

• Less interference between LTE and GSM.
• Optimized handling of shared resources.
• Increased throughput in LTE RAT.
• Improved performance in GSM.
The Short Message Service (SMS)-Cell Broadcast (CB) is a
telecommunication service, which broadcasts short
messages to GSM mobile stations in the specified area
within the public land mobile network (PLMN). BSC
supports broadcast of CB messages from Man Machine
Interface (MMI) and Cell Broadcast Centre (CBC).
RG302643: BSC-CBC Immediate Broadcast Category
supports high priority category and background category
CB messages, along with the normal category CB messages
in CBC and MMI.
This feature provides seamless handover, improves the 47951

voice quality, and Quality of Service (QoS) in clusters with
existing interference. The feature benefits are as follows:
• Channel interference study and Speech frame repairing
improves the uplink voice quality up to 2 dB.
• Improves the inter-cell hand over the mechanism to get
better downlink voice quality.
• Optimized CA length shortens certain messages over 48266 / 49732
signaling channels that brings faster call setup/ho, better
robustness.
• Avoids restrictions from "range" coding.
• Sending assignment command without waiting for
channel activation acknowledgement will reduce the
overall waiting time.
• Scheduling SI 13 in extended BCCH helps in faster cell
reselection.
• With Internal signaling optimization, Reduced L2
messages (I frames) and Faster Cell Reselection
requirements, 100-200 ms approximate estimation in
terms of call set up time is improved.
• Accelerated Cipher mode command Procedure and
Accelerated Assignment Procedure requirements focuses
on E2E call delay and saves up to 500-600 ms as per
analysis. This will vary based on criteria like radio
condition, number of calls ongoing etc.
• Overall the expected reduction in end to end call set up
delay is 600-800 ms.
• With SI Optimization for Improved CSFB call setup, the
customer will not face delay in call setup time in CSFB
cases where early classmark is allowed. Currently, at least
one second delay is there during CSFB call setup if early
classmark is allowed.
• The BTS software download speed is increased to a

maximum rate of 1 Mbps from 64 Kbps. It helps in faster
deployment of new software installations.
• Helps the operator to see a clear split between voice,
SMS and supplementary services per operator ID.
• New counters help to calculate the user resources used
by each operator, which in turn will be useful for revenue
sharing among the operators.
• Dual stack for seamless co-existence of IPv4 and IPv6. 48457

• Large addressing space.
• Routing efficiency.
• Avoidance of fragmentation in network.
• Avoidance of broadcast.
• Stateless auto-configuration.
• Improved user security includes the following

enhancements:
1 User account gets locked when the number of
unsuccessful login attempts exceeds the configured limit.
2 User session times out when kept idle for a configured
time period.
3 Display of last successful login information, to include
date and time.
• Password expiration policy limits the potential for abuse
of compromised passwords to a specific time period.
• Flexible support for different SGSN pool configurations
with Multipoint Gb. The number of NSEs per PCU or PCU
Pool is upto 32.
• Reduction of signalling within the core network
With BSCs supporting a larger SGSN pool area, the feature

RG302666 enables the reduction of signaling within the
core network.
Examples are as follows:
Serving SGSN discovery

UE identification procedure with the BSC
Roaming in larger SGSN pool area
Reduction of the HLR signalling traffic
• Capacity upgrades
Another advantage of multiple SGSNs in a pool area is the

capacity upgrades by additional SGSNs in the given pool
area.
• Compatibility with other RAT based RAN nodes
The feature RG302666 enables compatibility with other

RAT based RAN nodes (RNC, LTE) in converged networks.
Example is as follows:
3G RNCs also supports multiple SGSNs in a bigger SGSN

pool areas.
• Improvement in network performance by reducing the 47585

transmit power at the cluster level for the users using high
codec rates.
• Significant energy savings and an average of -1db power
reduction for Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH)
Transceiver (TRX) if all slots are maintained at Pmax-2
(except slot0 & Stand-alone Dedicated Control Channel
(SDCCH) on BCCH TRX).
• Minimized impact on neighbour User Equipment (UE)
measurements as power offsets are applied only for
alternate frames.
• Reduced Inter- Radio Access Technology (RAT)
interference impacts.
• For free Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) slots, power
alters between Pmax & Pmax -2db when the UE uses the
least robust codecs.
• Easy access to the new GSM 19 features. 39915
• Easy deployment of updates provided through the
software versions before procuring the GSM19 release
software.
• Enhanced security hardening in the username, with the

maximum number of characters being increased from 6 to
16.
• Enhanced privacy with the introduction of password
encryption and decryption while transferring passwords
between network elements (BSC, BTS and NetAct), over
FTP and FTAM file transfer methods.
• Implementation of access control lists (ACL) to block
communication from unknown entities (BCF or MGW) to
the external interface of ETP units (example, ETPE,
ETPA/B), to restrict exposure to network vulnerability
issues.
• An option to perform forceful symmetric allocation of
TRX to avoid the impact of power loss in RF modules.
• From the resource list (TxRx antennas) in Multiple-

Operator BSS (MOBSS) sectors, operators can select one
antenna as TxRx and other antenna as Rx to ensure
separate antenna allocation which help customers to avoid
Passive Intermodulation (PIM).
• Prevents BTS overload in RF sharing configuration due to

inefficient TRX distribution that does not take power loss
into consideration.
• Differentiates the operator specific user plane traffic at

source.
• Operators can use their own private IP address.
• Ease of maintenance without complex IP topologies and

configurations.
• Avoids the conflict of finding unique IP address from

overlapping IP address pool.
• Enables remote collection of Packet Control Unit (PCU)

internal logs at the OMU
• Usage of Emil tool for debugging with PCU internal logs
• Scenario based filtering, for example Temporary Block
Flow (TBF) context, Network Service Entity (NSE) context
and filtering using service terminal
At PCU, logging is Enabled by default.
Monitoring of LMTPRB is required to capture the PCU

critical level internal logs at OMU.
• The secured M-Plane from BSC to NetAct according to
the requirements.
• Deliveries and maintenance is cheaper in Microsoft

Windows 10 than Microsoft Windows 7 and Microsoft
Windows 8 OS.
• Jd-type antenna configuration

Jd-type antenna configuration is supported in 2G side with
FHFB RRH as it has 4 TxRx antennas.
• The BSS21552: Packet Abis efficient PS transport feature 36505

saves a remarkable amount of bandwidth on the Abis
interface due to PS data multiplexing.
• Faster resolution of BSC SW and HW failure. BSC sends
symptom data file to LSS (Local Symptom Storage), and the
files are transferred to RSS located at Nokia premises.
• Reduction in the number of BTS site visits as the Flexi

Multiradio 10 BTS software can be modified from a GSM
Radio Access Technology (RAT) to other RAT variants in
situations where hardware changes are not needed at the
BTS site.
• Improved Network Optimization and Troubleshooting

• Improves the content of tracing features in the BSC such
as “IMSI trace for CS” or “L3DC”
• Improves trace capability to the logs collected in L3DC
and Traffica
• Reduced energy consumption what results in lower OPEX

and increased environment protection.
• Improved network performance due to reduction in
interference.
• Software upgrade for IoT connectivity based on GSM 29272

• +20dB coverage enhancements over GPRS by blind
repetition, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ),
channel coding
• The RG302550: BSC OAM support for SFTP and SSH

feature introduces the benefit of transferring sensitive
data files from BSC to NetAct and from NetAct to BSC
through SSH File Transfer Protocol (SFTP). Hence BSC and
NetAct are not exposed to network vulnerability issues.
• Improved battery life performance of EC-GSM IoT 29416

devices.
• Improved Battery Performance for all GSM M2M devices 36218
• Reduced Network Congestion
• Allows DRX cycle extension up to 52 minutes for legacy
EGPRS device capable of RG302560: Support for Power
Efficient Operations support
• 40% reduction in the number of required BCCH 36506

frequencies (compared to the commonly used 3-sector
deployment with 12 BCCH frequencies).
• Lean configuration of GSM deployment (up to 6 TRX per
site) with minimum spectrum enables refarming the
majority of the spectrum for either WCDMA or LTE.
• Continued GSM support for legacy machine to machine
terminals with minimal spectrum requirement.
• High capacity support for GSM-only deployment.
• Improved QoS for GSM-only users.
• Easy access to the new GSM 18 features. 33157

Improved deployment of the most recent corrections
provided in the latest software versions before purchasing
the GSM 18 release.
• The operator can use IoT or eDRX idle service without

upgrading transmission network for IEEE1588-2008
support nor install GNSS receiver.
• Integration with antenna allows to install the system of

receiver + antenna easily.
• FYGC receiver covers national navigation requirements
by supporting Global Position System (GPS).
• Smaller RF signal loss allows longer distance between
antennas and BBU.
• Multiplexing and RTP header compression lowers the 5751
bandwidth need between MGW and BSS for CS traffic
when using A over IP (AoIP).
• Simplifies adjacency planning (changes in 3G network do 12751

not impact 2G network),
• Enables to reselect 3G network independently from
predefined serving cell.
• Reduced radio network (RNW) and system recovery time

during FB activation, or in any scenario where the software
package is changed during the system restart.
• Simplified SW management procedures.
• Reduced possibility of network service degradation due
to human errors.
• Automatic system managed restart of ETME and ETMA
cards during SW management activities, instead of user-
given restarts for each unit individually.
• Easier and faster means of black box collection, without

using external tools or the service terminal command
• Easier debugging - more debugging information added
into the black box
• Reduction in the number, and faster resolution of raised
faults
• No impact on the current DX recovery procedure
• Extends and improves the functionality of the RG301854: 5624

Fast Return to LTE feature.
• Improves interworking between GSM and LTE for LTE-
capable mobile subscriber (MS).
• Provides means to prevent GPRS resume for circuit-
switched fallback (CFSB) calls.
• There is a reduced number of Network Service Entities 18392
(NSE) with an uneven distribution of mobile subscribers
(MS).
• It helps customer to set up a Serving GPRS Support
Nodes (SGSN) backup.
• NSE capacity configuration enables adjusting SGSN
selection weights even without CHANGEWEIGHT messages
sent from SGSN.
• The SGSNs can be given various ratios of weight
multiplied by NSE Capacity.
• Automatic procedure for eSW upgrade execution with

minimum human intervention.
• Reduced time required for mcBSC eSW upgrade.
• Easier access to the new GSM 17 features 5655

• Improved deployment of the most recent corrections of
the GSM 16 maintenance provided in the latest software
versions (before purchasing the GSM 17 release).
• More reliable and robust internal Flexi BSC LAN

transmission.
• Outage risk reduction due to enhanced supervision
capability.
• Helps operator deploy or maintain GSM capacity in the 26607

leanest possible spectrum allocation.
• Supports refarming in narrow spectrum allocation cases.
• Improves the utilization of the BCCH frequencies in the
allocated GSM spectrum, by enabling operator to utilize
the BCCH channel frequencies to provide extra capacity for
the TCH layer.
• Enhances the capacity gain of the Dynamic Frequency
and Channel Allocation (DFCA) feature.
• Faster roll-outs of new features

• Enables easier management of installed network
functions
1) This feature can be an excellent selling point for the NSN
to push operators to use the latest BTS SW release.
Currently, some operators are not willing to upgrade their
BTS SW as they do not see the feature content attractive
enough. The older the BTS SW, the more bugs it contains
causing more unnecessary ala+B9ms and HW module
replacements and therefore, higher NFF costs for NSN.
2) This feature shall make it much easier to troubleshoot a
live BTS, both remotely and locally. Currently, it is not
possible to see any trends on the key parameters. For
instance, it is not possible to monitor the VSWR condition
of a feeder line without disconnecting the feeder line first
(traffic lost --> shall only be done in night time causing
higher maintenance costs for the operator). Also, external
test equipment (e.g. Anritsu SiteMaster) is often required
for the troubleshooting. This feature can mean direct and
substantial CAPEX and OPEX savings for the operator.
3) Currently the BTS Manager does not offer any tools for
the operator to do any preventive maintenance. The active
alarms often indicate that t+B26here is already a problem
on the BTS site.
4) This feature shall make it much easier to do
troubleshooting remotely. This supports the current world
where operators (having high competence engineers)
often use low-competence subcontractors to do the field
work. With this feature, the competent operator engineer
will narrow down the problem already remotely and will
then make better decisions whether a site visit is needed
in the first place. If a site visit is needed then s/he shall
instruct the field engineer with the detailed instructions
and observations.
5) This feature is something anyone can expect to find
from any similar tool used to maintain commercial and
very expensive telecom equipment today.
6) This kind of feature have already been directly
requested by some operators like Mobilkom/Austria,
Cosmote/Greece and TUS/Slovenia and it can be definitely
• BTS licensing using multilayer hierarchy certificates 5496
• Automated certificate enrollment and life cycle
management
• Enables the initiation of mass operations using the
NetAct CERMA tool
• One common solution for certificate management in 2G,
3G and LTE BTS
• Shortens the controller's outage time in the radio 5576

network.
• Enables quick recovery of the GSM service after a
disastrous failure of a BSC site.
• Enables the semiautomatic and fast BSC switchover to
the backup BSC.
• Enables to use the minimal amount of additional
equipment.
• End-user benefits.
This feature does not affect the end-user experience.
• Operator benefits.
The RG302161: Improved Log Collection feature introduces

an enhanced log collection mechanism. This mechanism
reduces the fault processing time and improves the
testability and serviceability of all the Flexi BTS units and
also improves the diagnostics embedded in the BTS SW. In
addition, the feature improves the understanding of the
field conditions during fault situations. This leads to
reduction in the time used for failure root cause analysis. It
also decreases the number of faulty units that are re-sent
to the field after failed fault detection.
• Reduces the IP planning 5454
• Reduces additional HW expenses
• Possibility to configure GSM-LTE 3 sector with 1 module

• Better performance with MCPA power pooling
• Higher power available in single RF Module for RF
sharing cases between LTE and GSM
• Lower power consumption for configuration involving 2
RF Modules
• Improved DX200 message log collection solution

• Continuous tracing of Packet Switched (PS) data traffic
that can help to improve network optimization
• Improved Call Location Analysis (CLA) and smart phone
usage (packet data connection) data analysis that enables
incidents reduction in network performance
• Easier access to the new GSM16 features 5423

• Employment of the most recent corrections provided in
the latest software versions before purchasing the GSM16
release
This feature enables GSM service continuation in case the

packet network is unavailable.
This feature helps to reduce OPEX due to energy savings

provided by a power saving mode for RF sharing
configurations.
• OSC support can be provided to non-SAIC handsets to 1893

increase the network voice capacity.
• Operator benefits 5195
Thanks to the RG301692: Antenna Hopping Extension

feature, the BSS11134: Antenna Hopping feature and the
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation
feature (DFCA) can be used simultaneously in the same
cells and benefits of both features can be gained in these
cells.
For networks with a narrow spectral allocation, the

RG301692: Antenna Hopping Extension feature provides
an additional approximate 20% to 30% spectral efficiency
gain on top of the gain through the DFCA feature alone.
Through the possibility of a tighter BCCH frequency reuse
factor realised with the BSS11134: Antenna Hopping
feature, some frequencies are then released from the
BCCH Layer to the Hopping Layer, consequently increasing
the total system capacity. Furthermore, the network Call
Drop Rate KPI is also improved.
Additionally, realised capacity improvements translate into

a reduced Carbon footprint.
• The RG301726: Uplink min RxLevel based access feature 5206
improves the Network Performance and DCR KPI’s when a
threshold is set according to the planned coverage. The
BSS also works more efficiently as a very low RX level RACH
does not lead to SDCCH reservation
• The RG301942: Remote BSC SW upgrade from NetAct

feature improves the process of deploying new software to
Base Station Controllers (BSCs). Automation of the upgrade
steps enables upgrading three BSCs’ software at the same
time, remotely from NetAct.
• Software upgrade macros enable a simultaneous

upgrade of three BSCs, making software rollouts faster.
• The RG301942: Remote BSC SW upgrade from NetAct

feature eliminates continuous manual work from the
network operating personnel.
• End-user benefits
• Operator benefits
This feature facilitates the network configuration by
dividing the BSC parameters into Basic and Advanced
categories.
• End-user benefits 5120

The end-user experience in high-loaded networks is
improved.
The RG302087: Narrow LTE Carrier Bandwidth benefit for
the Customer is increase of the GSM bandwidth through
allocation of GSM carriers in the LTE bandwidth.
• Environmental benefits
The RG302087: Narrow LTE Carrier Bandwidth feature
helps to reduce the Carbon Footprint by offering more
traffic using less hardware.
• This feature enables a fast detection of interruptions in

the U-plane traffic (of the A over IP Interface) in the
connection between the BSC and the MGW, which enables
a quicker resolution of issues.
• The RG302186: Anti-Lag Suite (ALS) feature improves the 5174
end-to-end round-trip time (RTT) in the (E)GPRS network.
An improvement in Downlink throughput is also achieved
• End-user benefits 5207

The end user experience is improved, as the cell coverage
is increased, and the interference is reduced.
• Customer benefits
The RG302196: Smart Dual Beam halves the beam width.
This approximately doubles (~ +3dB) the antenna gain at
bore sight for both DL and UL, improving the coverage,
especially the indoor coverage in an urban environment.
These improvements create an opportunity for more
aggressive frequency re-use and increased capacity of the
network.
The improved link level performance of the RG302196:

Smart Dual Beam feature enables increase of the capacity
due to the increased AMR HR and Orthogonal Subchannel
(OSC) utilization. The improvement in coverage allows
more traffic to be transferred to the capacity layer in the
dual band environment.
• The RG302301: TD+FD LTE feature benefits the operator 5354

by more efficient use of the LTE where a simultaneous
support for both TDD and FDD LTE is provided, under the
single BSC.
• Operators can get the lowest TCO site solution with RF

sharing. At the same time operators can exploit the great
benefits of the following features:
DFCA
OTDOA
LTE-A eICIC
• Since the “Ethernet Ring/Path Protection” provides path 1886

protection for the Ethernet layer, it consequently increases
transmission reliability to the BTS sites.
• Better performance in UL and DL for VAMOS pairs due to 1892
the usage of new training sequence codes (TSC set2), as
new TSCs have low cross-correlation with legacy TSCs.
• VAMOS 2 capable mobiles have better performance in
DL, as they have more advanced receiver than SAIC
• End user benefits 1532

Local Switching for Packet Abis increases the call quality
because of the following reasons:
Reduced number of speech encoding and decoding as a

result of bypassing the transcoders.
E2E Latency Reduction (in satellite backhaul scenario).

Local Switching for Packet Abis further enhances the
possible bandwidth (OPEX) savings realised with the
Packet Abis solution. This is achieved through the
improved bandwidth gains from switching local voice calls
locally on top of the Abis optimization achieved from the
Packet Abis solution. OPEX savings are achieved by
reducing the bandwidth capacity requirements in
combination with Satellite Links, Microwave Radio Links,
TDM Leased Lines or within Packet Switched Networks.
• Dynamic PCU2 Pooling provides the following benefits: 1888
Improvement in BSC PCU utilization factor.
Reduction in CAPEX investments.
Increase in revenue due to decreased PS call drops caused

by a single PCU capacity limitation.
OPEX saving as radio network resource allocation is done

automatically.
More accurate PCU pool analysis in the PCU selection

algorithm.
• This feature reduces the vulnerability of network (Abis) 1536
and network elements (BSC and BTS) in case of attacks. At
the same time, the security measures implemented do not
increase operational expenses considerably as they are
easy to use and configure.
Feature BSS21444: Packet Abis Security reduces the risk of

attacks that increase with the use of IP connections.
The security counter measures help to have a

homogeneous security level in the whole network.
• With the feature “Packet Abis IP/TDM Aggregation”, 1787

IProuting over several IP streams is supported. A significant
gain in link usage gain can be achieved since idle times are
reused and the average usage of the link over time is
increased.
• The feature increases network capacity by increasing 4087

OSC utilization.
• The feature improves network quality and reduces call

drop rate by identifying SAIC capable MSs that cannot
•survive in operators
Several OSC mode.which operates, for example in 3G 4363
network can offer 2G network services through the joint
venture and 2G radio network sharing.
• It is very cost effective and provides savings in the

operating costs.
• Collect the log data with single MML command
• Easily collect the symptom data and PCU2 memory dump

from BSC without external tools or macros
• Collect the symptom data collection in background,

thereby, minimizing the interaction time
• Customize the profile(s) to cover the specific problems

based on which the log is to be collected
• Resolve the problem in less time without the need of

multiple symptom data queries
• Automatically collect the PCU2 memory dump in crash

scenario that helps in resolving the mysterious crash cases
• More information on TRX failuers is avaliable from the 4299

BSC level
• Group command can be used from the BSC level
• VSWR and RSSI Measurement reduce the OPEX in daily 4295

work from the following perspectives:
• VSWR Enhancement
Radio problem for a larger region can be detected with the

new measurement type, instead of using the BTS Element
manager to check the values on each BTS.
Enables users to change VSWR alarm threshold parameter

on working state with MML from BSC side, which helps to
reduce service affecting risk.
Provides enhanced efficiency to improve network quality.
• RSSI Enhancement
Enables users to find out the RF problem in multiple BTSs

with the new measurement type, without using the BTS
Element manager.
Provides enhanced efficiency to improve network quality.

• The RG301854: Fast return to LTE feature benefits the 4367
operator by pushing CS traffic to GSM with minimized
latencies and signaling load in return phase to LTE.
• The “Intelligent MCPA TRX shutdown” feature allows the 4438

operator to save power.
• The RG602213: OSC Multiplexing Enhancements feature 1531

offers a means for tuning the OSC features to give
improved performance and increased capacity gain with
OSC Half Rate.
• Progressive OSC Multiplexing Quality Threshold
• By considering the positive effect of power control on
quality, more calls are introduced to OSC multiplexing and
the performance of the OSC Half rate is increased.
• Adjusting multiplexing quality thresholds according to
the power control, that takes place when two calls are put
together in a channel, has a positive impact on OSC
gains.The feature will make OSC multiplexing less
dependent on AMR power control, and thus, providing
optimization for both.
• OSC Multiplexing and Demultiplexing thresholds for DL
and UL
• The parameters introduced by the OSC Multiplexing
Enhancements feature allow the operator to adjust the
feature separately for downlink and uplink. It gives more
options for tuning the feature and fitting it into different
environments. The added capability for tuning aims the
improved performance of OSC.
•Eliminate the need of connecting LMUB to get Synch
Input from GPS
•Helps in Capital Expenditure (CAPEX) and Operating
Expenditure (OPEX) reduction by reducing additional
investment on LMU and GPS receiver
•Provide an efficient method for VIP subscriber
performance assurance, QoE management and complaint
management.
•Provide accurate comprehensive signaling and
measurement data for troubleshooting, thereby making
fault location easier.
•Collect signaling messages instead of signaling instrument
without site visit, thereby reducing operation cost and
saving time.
•Exploit two TX antennas for LTE. For e.g., Two 3-sector 4296
radio modules
•Make use of Intelligent Downlink Delay Diversity that
allows the coverage gain of 5..8 dB
•Enable Antenna Hopping that allows the coverage gain
2..4dB
• It allows the operators to reduce OPEX by minimizing the 3454

effort for maintaining an Ethernet based backhaul
network.
• It provides easy detection, verification and localization of

faults in an end-to-end (Metro) Ethernet network and
Ethernet link (first mile).
• It provides remote fault management and connectivity

test thereby, reducing site visits.
• It provides verification of (metro) Ethernet service’s SLA

requirements across an entire network even with different
service providers.
• It saves cost for the external equipment as it is an in-built

functionality in BTS/BSC.
• With the Admission Control for EGPRS feature high 4098
priority subscribers are more likely getting service in
congestion situation than low priority TBFs.
• The feature blocks the new TBFs rather than dropping

the existing ones during heavy traffic and thus it helps the
ongoing data to be served with acceptable QoS.
• The feature helps to improve the system behavior in high

traffic load situations.
• Better performance monoitoring with CMST Cells
• With Composited Multi Site Transmission feature, 6

nodes are allowed in Flexi Multiradio BTS and 3 nodes are
allowed in Flexi Multiradio 10 BTS. In Flexi Multiradio 10
BTS, 3 additional nodes are allowed when RG301978: GSM
RF Chaining feature is activated. This way the coverage is
improved, without increasing the number of cells, and
number of handovers.
• Provides protection for RRH chaining scenario to reduce

the system unavailable duration when a node or link is
broken.
• Removes the need of LMU (GPS)

• No expensive additional hardware
• No site visits to maintain that
• Helps in Capital Expenditure (CAPEX) and Operating
Expenditure (OPEX) reduction by reducing additional
investment on LMU and GPS receiver
• Provides better service for LTE capable mobiles in packet 3738
switched connections.
• Helps in efficient utilization of GSM networks by

providing more space for mobiles capable of only GSM.
• Enables increased revenue and decreased operation cost 4298

for frequency planning by providing information on the
best frequencies to use when adding new sites or TRX’s,
thereby increasing quality in the network.
• Provides interference measurements that show the best

frequencies to be used in the segment when optimizing
the frequency plan, which in turn, increases the capacity of
the network and decreases the need of new sites.
• Provides possibilities to measure the impact of the

different radio network features implemented on the
interference level, which in turn, is used to improve the
quality in the network.
• It provides fast handover decision towards a pre-defined 3487
adjacent cell.
• It provides successful mobility management by providing
fast and reliable handover.
• The feature RG3014447: OSC and EDGE in the same BTS 4505
enables the simultaneous usage of OSC and EDGE in the
same logical TRX of Flexi EDGE Rel.1 TRX HW. When the
TRXs are used more flexibly, the existing capacity of the
TRXs can be utilized more efficiently.
• The feature helps to increase network capacity while

avoiding CAPEX investment on new HW.
• When a demultiplexing handover is allowed directly into 4548
another OSC connection the chances to find a target
channel for the handover within a BTS are bigger. This way
the need for an inter cell handover to a neighbor cell is
minimized. There is no need to go out of OSC when
switching between different OSC pairs. The capacity gain
of OSC is improved when the system is able to keep a call
in OSC mode continuously. The procedure of handing over
the better connection from an OSC pair in demultiplexing
improves the possibilities for remultiplexing.
• The RG602219 Nearest Offset BTS feature offers a 4693

method for utilizing the GSM frequencies that are close to
the resources of a neighboring network technology
system. With the RG602219 Nearest Offset BTS feature,
the nearest frequencies of a neighboring network
technology systems can be exploited with minimal
interference between them.
• When the networks overlap, handovers from GSM BSS to
WCDMA RAN can be made in order to reduce traffic load
in the GSM network.
• Handovers from WCDMA RAN to GSM BSS can be made

to enable the operator to provide a seamless coverage in
areas where WCDMA RAN is not available. The handover
extends the radio network coverage.
• Due to the inter-system handover, seamless continuity of

speech connections and certain data services between
WCDMA RAN and GSM networks are available for all dual
mode subscribers. Dual mode UEs support both GSM and
WCDMA RAN. In addition to this, dual mode UEs may also
support GPRS/EDGE.
• Handovers from GSM BSS to WCDMA RAN can be made

areas where GSM is not available. The handover extends
the radio network coverage.
• This feature defines the capacity licence corresponds to 1968

the feature BSS21309 OSC Half Rate with SAIC MS.
• The benefit of this feature is that the data from the new 2128
“Air Path Loss Measurement” can be used for radio
network optimization purposes.
• End user benefits
This feature allows the subscribers to receive public safety
and emergency warnings using an efficient, reliable and
dependable CB SMS warning system.
This feature provides the following benefits to the
operator:
The Cell Broadcast DRX support enhancement will enable

the operator to choose the required schedule period
depending on their needs to broadcast the messages.
To meet the FCC mandatory requirement and market

expectations.
To remain competitive with all the competitors who also

offer the same product/feature.
• AMR and EFR offer quality that is better than or 1

comparable to adaptive differential pulse code modulation
(ADPCM).
AMR is also capable of adapting its operation optimally

according to the prevailing channel conditions, because
AMR consists of a family of codecs (source and channel
codecs with different trade-off bit-rates) operating in the
GSM FR and HR channels. Codec mode adaptation for AMR
is based on the received channel quality estimation in both
the MS and the BTS, followed by a decision on the most
appropriate speech and channel codec mode to apply at a
given time.
In high-error conditions, more bits are used for error

correction to obtain error robust coding, while in good
transmission conditions only a small number of bits is
needed for sufficient error protection and more bits can
therefore be allocated for source coding.
• Dynamic Abis saves up to 60 per cent of the Abis

transmission expansion cost, since it allows Abis
dimensioning to be performed closer to the average data
rates instead of at peak rates. This also applies to the
reduced number of 2M BSC interfaces needed.
• Operator or system can restart one logical PCU
independently hence, there is no need of switchover or
restart the entire BCSU any more to get one PCU restarted.
This feature reduces unnecessary restart of the PCUs,

which are not faulty.
When the configuration of a PCU is modified that requires

restarting of the PCU, it is not necessary to switchover the
whole BCSU; instead, only the PCU that is modified is
restarted.
The following BCSU switchover and BCSU restart side

effects are avoided:
No new CS calls during controlled BCSU switchover.
During forced BCSU switchover all CS calls controlled in

BCSU drops.
Break in PS services in all other PCUs supervised by the

same BCSU.
• Optimized utilization of the network resources 66
• Enhanced packet data throughout
• Better Quality of Service (QoS) by shortening the data

transfer outage, when the MS moves between different
BSCs
• The reduced electricity consumption due to the "Energy 1237
saving mode for BCCH TRX" helps operators to reduce
network operating costs.
• When this feature is activated in the network, most of

the energy savings are provided by the dummy burst
power reduction during periods of low traffic, e.g. at night
time. With dynamic power control of active dedicated
channels, the feature reduces electricity consumption
throughout the day.
• The reduced transmit power of dummy bursts, and the

limited dynamic power control allowed for active CS
channels, result in a reduction in downlink interference
caused by the BCCH frequency.
• Enhanced packet data throughout

transfer outage, when the MS moves from WCDMA cell to
GSM cell
• This feature reduces the power consumption of the BTS. 1525

Consequently, this reduces the OPEX.
• The CS call service outages during DAP operations are
eliminated as the BCSU switchover is no longer needed
• The simplified DAP handling procedure saves time as well

as the operating expenditure
• The PS data service outages are minimized
• The free timeslots are consecutive in the PCUPCM as a

single block
• Network and DAP allocation on the PCU is more

optimized
• PCU selection algorithm in the PCU2 pooling feature has

more potential target PCUs for DAP in the PCU pool
reallocation
• The PCU pool reallocation is executed faster as every

segment in PCU is not disabled separately
• Merging PGSM 900 and EGSM 900 into an undivided 1530

GSM 900 frequency band improves the spectral efficiency
and the general operability of the network. With this
feature, the PGSM 900 and EGSM 900 frequencies are
handled equally. The channel allocation becomes more
efficient as all the GSM 900 resources are available as one
pool.
This feature removes the former restrictions related to the

combined use of EGSM 900 and PGSM 900 in a segment.
• The feature is applicable with existing GSM SAIC 1531
handsets, thus providing an immediate gain with just a
software upgrade in the GSM radio network.
• It increases the capacity for voice and releases capacity

for data traffic without requiring new TRXs or related
hardware. This reduces the number of TRXs required to
realize a specific capacity or spectral efficiency.
• The increased capacity per TRX reduces the energy

consumption per user. This reduces the energy
consumption required per Erlang significantly.
• It avoids the need to add new sites, as it maintains the

coverage area in capacity extensions.
• The increased capacity per TRX effectively reduces site

density through reduced combining losses.
• When another radio technology needs to share the same

site, antennas or input ports of combiners may be released
by the introduction of OSC Half Rate with SAIC MS.
• Simplifies installation and reduces the rollout time for 1526

new Flexi BTSs, improving the efficiency of installation
teams. Consequently, the time to service is reduced and
revenue is increased.
• During the maintenance phase (after the network rollout

has been completed), the feature continues to support the
speeding up of BTS configuration modifications, reducing
errors and consequently reducing the operating costs.
• Reduces the time required for installing radio hops.

• The 8k TRAU for OSC AMR FR feature enables operators 2086
to activate OSC Full Rate in a BTS, without making any
changes to the existing legacy Abis transmission.
• The 8k TRAU for OSC AMR FR feature provides an

effective 100% Abis Capacity gain for the OSC Full Rate call
in 8k TRAU mode in comparison with the OSC Full Rate call
in CSDAP mode.
• An OSC Full Rate call enabled with the 8k TRAU for OSC
AMR FR feature, provides an improved speech quality in
comparison to AMR Half Rate by utilizing the same amount
of legacy Abis transmission.

End user experiences quality usage in terms of reduced
latency. For example, in Push to Talk over Cellular (PoC)
and messenger.
A significant increase in the CCCH capacity is achieved, in
the region of up to 50 to 70%. The gain is higher for larger
LA or RA, in comparison to the same length of the
neighboring cell list. Therefore, the load due to LA and RA
updates are also optimized without compromising those
due to the paging capacity.
The increase in paging capacity may be experienced as:
Fewer and possibly larger sites can be used
Reduced Abis signaling load in CCCH TRX
Reduced probability of paging overload
Compared to BSS21324: Intelligent Selective Paging

feature, Precise Paging feature also provides gains for PS
(packet switch) paging, which may be higher in some cells
than the CS (circuit switch) paging load.
• The feature allows the network operator to keep the
default EGPRS capacity small without restricting the
downlink dual carrier capability. This helps to optimize
radio network dimensioning by utilizing the PS resources in
more efficient way. The PS resources exceeding the default
EGPRS capacity are allocated dynamically and only when
needed. Configuring the default EGPRS territory to one
TRX and expanding it whenever there is a need results in
better utility of the PCU resources.
Without the feature, capacity of at least two TRXs has to

be reserved for default EGPRS territory, and therefore
more PCU resources are needed for it.
• Cell reselection from the GSM/EDGE cells to the LTE cells 1965
offers means to efficiently establish and deploy a mixed
GSM/LTE network.
• The GSM – LTE interworking allows that LTE can be

embedded in an already existing GSM network offering
basic mobile services. This feature allows a smooth
movement of LTE into the GSM/EDGE network.
• The traffic moving to the LTE network releases the GSM

resources and leads to improvements in the throughput
and delay factors for the MS attached to the 2G network.
• End users of packet switched services entering an area of

LTE cells can gain advantage of the benefits of LTE
technology such as high data rates.
• Enhanced packet data throughput

transfer outage, when the MS moves for LTE cell to GSM
cell
• Increased network availability for service usage
The cell downtime during a BSC software installation is

reduced by 33 - 80% when the BSC restart is triggered
without RNW restart and all the involved BTSs support this
feature. The cell downtime depends on the individual
BSC’s radio network and BTS configuration.
• Increased revenue through increased customer

satisfaction
Revenue is gained even with a single BTS and the

advantage increases linearly with the number BTSs
supporting the feature.
• The feature “Random Fill Bits” complicates the breaking

of existing A5/1 ciphering mechanism.It provides essential
enhancement for the existing A5/1 ciphering mechanism in
cases where the A5/3 solution cannot be employed. It is
also used to enhance the A5/3 ciphering mechanism and
thus the security.
• End user benefits
This feature enhances the throughput for services and thus
improves the end user experience.
This feature has TRX specific modulation and coding
schemes (MCS) which uses the air interface more
efficiently than the common MCS.
The TRX specific MCS enables a higher throughput than the

common MCS, especially when the TRX with a higher
carrier/interference (C/I) is scheduled first.
• There are significant CAPEX and OPEX savings since the 1534
fully integrated Abis optimization function reduces the
bandwidth requirements for the cost intensive Satellite
Links. Since the Packet Abis solution is fully integrated,
operators do not need to invest in additional external Abis
optimization equipment for the Satellite connection. When
Packet Abis over Ethernet solution is used, it enables users
to use more cheaper satellite modems, because mostly the
modems have just the Ethernet interfaces.
• Since no external equipment (that is GPS receiver), E1, or 1673

complete SyncE path is necessary for synchronization at
the BTS site, this feature is efficient in terms of CAPEX.
Further, there is a possibility to employ a single timing
server (Master) solution for both WCDMA and GSM/EDGE
Networks. In addition, OPEX savings result from the
improved bandwidth efficiency beyond that which is
achievable with CESoPSN Adaptive Timing. Furthermore,
the IEEE1588v2 solution was optimized for being robust
against network impairments, enabling reliable
deployment at networks where use of this technology is
usually not considered.
• The feature "Packet Abis over TDM" offers significant 1535
bandwidth savings in comparison with traditional TDM
transport since it introduces a very efficient and fully
integrated Abis optimization capability. The integrated
Abis optimization also facilitates the introduction of high
bandwidth features. Features such as increasing
throughput in both uplink and downlink traffic and
Orthogonal Sub Channel (OSC) can be introduced without
necessarily increasing the backhaul bandwidth
requirement. Bandwidth can be shared by CS, PS and
signalling traffic. The entire E1/T1 lines can be off-loaded
due to the introduction of Packet Abis feature by allowing
additional traffic while keeping the same transmission
capacity. This can result in E1/T1 leased line and/or
Microwave Radio license savings.
• The main goal of the Congestion Reaction procedures is

to avoid potential congestion collapse situation of the
network. Furthermore, as a consequence, the feature
allows a more optimized bandwidth utilization by the
Operator, with savings in network dimensioning and
consequent CAPEX/OPEX reduction. This feature prevents
violations of PSN SLA agreements. The feature also
reduces call drops in network overload scenarios.
In contrast to behavior of traditional IP/Ethernet routers

and switches, this feature does not blindly drop packets in
case of congestion, but lowers the PS and CS traffic
amount on application layer transparently to the end user.
• The operator is able to employ Packet Switched 1533
Networks in order to provide the transport backhaul for
the Abis traffic, offering significant OPEX savings because
of the cost effective physical media (Ethernet) and the
simplified operation and maintenance of the network that
can then be derived. In addition to the physical media
benefit, Packet Abis also offers significant bandwidth
savings compared to traditional TDM or PWE based packet
transport since it introduces a very efficient and fully
integrated Abis optimization capability. The integrated
Abis optimization also facilitates the introduction of high
bandwidth features such as OSC without necessarily
increasing the backhaul bandwidth requirement.
Bandwidth can be shared by CS, PS and signaling traffic.
There are no predefined limitations except the total
available bandwidth provided by the physical link.
• It allows the operators to utilize the output power of the 1889

MCPAs optimally.
• It increases the capacity of the BTS for a given coverage

area without the need of additional Radio Frequency (RF)
modules and also helps in network planning.
• It reduces the call drop rate in coverage limited

networks.
• It enables the user to enhance coverage and capacity at

the same time. It also helps to enhance the coverage or
capacity individually which results in flexibility.
• Easy migration to LTE for GSM operators with Flexi

Multiradio BTS including Flexi Multiradio RF Modules.
• Future proof BTS site evolution where the same Flexi

Multiradio RF Modules can be used either in GSM/EDGE
dedicated mode, or in concurrent GSM-LTE mode or in LTE
dedicated mode.
• Flexi Multiradio BTS brings general OPEX savings on

spare part stock, logistics and maintenance.
• This feature utilizes the codec modes with high source bit 2084
rates up to 12.2 kbit/s compared to 7.4 kbit/s of AMR HR
implementation. With the OSC Full Rate feature you are
able to serve the same capacity as with AMR Half Rate but
with improved speech quality. Also OSC Full Rate enhances
voice capacity per TRX because calls can be packed into
OSC Full Rate with relieved radio criteria when compared
to AMR Half Rate.
OSC Full Rate with SAIC MS behaves dynamically by

interleaving over 8 bursts, whereas interleaving over 4
bursts is used in AMR HR.
Moreover, this feature provides immediate gain in existing

GSM SAIC handsets through a software upgrade in the
GSM radio network.
• The paging capacity is enhanced by increasing the 1826

number of CCCH channels in the cell. The paging success
rate is improved with large location areas.
• Increased use of packet switched (PS) services is possible

without being constrained by the access grant channel
(AGCH) capacity.
• Due to the increased rate of success in paging, calls are

established faster.
• The revenue is improved with more established/served

calls.
• The Circuit Switched Dynamic Abis Pool (CSDAP) feature 1671

enables OSC in BTS that have legacy Abis transmission.
• Synchronous Ethernet provides a stable and robust 1674
synchronization solution for packet switched networks
which is not dependent upon the network loading or any
other network impairments. It provides OPEX savings since
the setup is simple, easy to configure, and well known
from other technologies like SDH. Further, the OPEX
savings are realized because maintenance effort for this
technology is low, as there is no need for additional
dedicated network elements with SyncE. With Packet
Radios usually being able to recover clock based on SyncE
technology, it is the only possible synchronization solution
that does not require an external synchronization source
for Packet Radio links. Furthermore, SSM (Synchronization
Status Message) management is supported by the
solution, which enhances reliability across the overall
network for the operator and eases troubleshooting.
• The feature provides the operator more flexibility to 3476

deploy data service at cell level by providing option to
configure parameters.
• The feature improves the channel efficiency.

• Transmit power reduction helps in reducing the 3460
interference in the network and hence the mobiles
experience better radio conditions. Thus, the spectral
efficiency in the network is improved.
• The reductions in the DL transmit power results in less

BTS power consumption.
• DL transmit power control for EGPRS maintains voice

quality when the data usage increases.
• This feature brings more capacity to the SI2 quarter 1858

messages that are sent, and it also reduces the amount of
SI2 quarter messages that are sent to mobile stations
(MSs). Reducing the amount of SI2 quarter messages also
reduces the time taken by the MS to read them. As a result
of this, when the 3G/TD-SCDMA is deployed within the
GSM/EDGE network, the MS takes lesser time for
handovers and location updates.
This feature improves the KPIs on GSM and 3G/TD-SCDMA

interworking.
• Reduces the number of required cells since the 4432
composite cell has same area as several individual cells.
• It improves the network performance due to less inter-

cell handovers.
• Ping-pong between layers can be avoided.
• To provide flexibility for system to handle wrong NRI

case, especially to handle some handsets that are not
strictly designed according to 3GPP spec and provide
service.
• It increases the network efficiency as less radio resources 3430

are reserved for signaling type of traffic.
• It makes the network more Smart Phone friendly as it
allocates resources based on need rather than the
handset's multislot capability.
• It reduces the number of unnecessary territory upgrades
and downgrades.
• It increases the number of PS users that can be
simultaneously accommodated on the radio resources.
• It reduces the TBF blocking as more PS users can be
accommodated on the same radio resources.
• Road navigation and traffic control is a growing market. 1376
Support of “Real-time road traffic information” makes it
possible to send real-time information about traffic in
certain areas via packet data to navigation devices. This
offers network operators additional revenue opportunities.
• Increases the network efficiency as less radio resources 3429

are reserved for signaling type of traffic.
• Makes the network more Smart Phone friendly as it

allocates resources based on the need rather than based
on handset's multislot capability.
• Increases the number of PS users that can be

simultaneously accommodated on the radio resources.
• Reduces the TBF blocking as more PS users can be

accommodated on the same radio resource.
• This feature builds upon the function of the existing 1219
Extended Cell capability, providing an extension of the
maximum cell radius from the current 70 km to up to 105
km for CS Services.
• It allows operators to serve larger coverage areas from
the BTS (such as coastal or very sparsely populated
regions), meaning that service can now be provided in
areas where it was previously either not possible or not
economical to site a BTS.
• Improved End User experience and satisfaction level can
be derived through the extended service coverage now
possible.
• With this feature, inter-system handover duration from 1825

3G to 2G is decreased and this may reduce the dropped
call rate.
The benefits for the operator are:
• By calculating cell specific load, the over loading can be

avoided by reducing unnecessary handover attempts.
Thus, related signaling is also reduced.
• The ping pong effect is avoided. The ping pong effect is

rapid handovers between two cells. As this effect is
avoided, the savings in terms of OPEX are improved.
• There is an improvement in the success rate in terms of

critical handovers.
• Further improved network KPIs
• In drop call process, the radio link time out process

would decrease one step when BS can't receive SACCH
properly, and would increase two steps after get SACCH
properly. The radio link countdown would decrease to zero
if can't receive SACCH for some time. Make RLT step up
size bigger for receiving SACCH correctly would give more
chance for call survive, and reduce drop call rate
correspondingly.
• Operator may provide voice quality per subscription, for

example, for providing flat rate voice tariff while quality for
normal tariff is not compromised.

If the decryption key is unknown, the decryption
probability for A5/3 coding is less than for A5/1
encryption. Therefore, electronic eavesdropping on A5/3
ciphered calls is more difficult than on A5/1 encrypted
ones.
A5/3 ciphering enables the operator to offer modern
encryption methods in order to support the subscriber’s
right to use secure communication paths.
• Faults are resolved in less time
• Quality of the end user service is improved
• Operating costs are reduced

When network mode of operation is NOM II, mobile users
can receive a voice call while using data services such as
file transfer, web browsing, video sharing, and mobile net
meeting.
The feature allows the operator to have CS paging
coordination supported without the need for a Gs
interface between the MSC and SGSN.
The "Paging coordination feature" provides the following

benefits to the operator:
It results in CAPEX savings as there is no need for Gs

interface in core network. The Gs interface is only used in
NOM I.
It results in OPEX savings as there is no need to maintain

the Gs interface.
In a DTM supported network, this feature allows the

operator to provide a wide range of services that demand
simultaneous circuit-switched and packet-switched
connections.
• The "AMR HO signaling optimization" feature removes 1271

redundant information from assignment command
messages, so that intra-cell handovers (e.g. AMR packing
and unpacking handovers) are more reliable.
The increased intelligibility and improved warmth of
speech allow for mobile applications requiring high quality
audio parts. Such applications include, for example,
enhanced automatic voice recognition, improved voice
mail, program broadcasting, and drive information
services.
Operator benefits
Since the quality of wideband AMR speech surpasses that
of current fixed networks, users of fixed networks might be
attracted by appropriate mobile services. Positive changes
in calling patterns are expected, generating substantially
more mobile traffic, both in terms of the number and
duration of calls.
Wideband AMR is adopted by both 3GPP and ITU-T.

Therefore, the same codec can be applied for wireless and
wireline services. Wideband AMR provides service
continuity between WCDMA and GSM, and increases the
probability that these services can be applied. The
implementation of wideband voice applications and
services across a wide range of communication systems
and platforms is simplified. Therefore, the x2Gand 3G
networks complement one another.
• When this feature is activated in the network, the 1236

operator can lower the network operating costs by
reducing energy consumption. In Flexi EDGE BTS, the
operator saves around 40 W by powering down one dual
TRX.
The increased intelligibility and improved warmth of
speech allow for mobile applications requiring high quality
audio parts. Such applications include, for example,
enhanced automatic voice recognition, improved voice
mail, program broadcasting, and drive information
services.
Since the quality of wideband AMR speech surpasses that
of current fixed networks, users of fixed networks might be
attracted by appropriate mobile services. Positive changes
in calling patterns are expected, generating substantially
more mobile traffic, both in terms of the number and
duration of calls.
Wideband AMR is adopted by both 3GPP and ITU-T.

Therefore, the same codec can be applied for wireless and
wireline services. Wideband AMR provides service
continuity between WCDMA and GSM, and increases the
probability that these services can be applied. The
implementation of wideband voice applications and
services across a wide range of communication systems
and platforms is simplified. Therefore, the x2Gand 3G
networks complement one another.
• This feature saves capital expense and improves network 1272

quality by reducing the rate of dropped calls.
• This feature is very important for DFCA rollouts where 1266
configuring the additional SDCCH and PS data channels to
use extra regular TRXs is not a practical solution. In most
cases, the BCCH TRX capacity is not enough for the CCCH,
SDCCHs and PS data channels.
The feature improves the ease of operability in the BSS

and reduces operating expenses by avoiding the need for
separate frequency planning for additional non-DFCA TRXs.
Whenever additional SDCCH and PS data channel capacity
is required, the DFCA uses the already configured DFCA
TRXs, selecting frequencies dynamically and automatically.
The operator also saves on capital expenses by exploiting

DFCA to its full potential, thereby improving data and radio
network performance, as well as the network’s readiness
to cater for increased PS traffic. With the introduction of
this feature, SDCCH capacity is no longer limited to regular
TRXs.

The end user benefits from services of a better quality, at a
level comparable to WCDMA/HSPA. Examples include
video streaming, file download and web surfing.
End users can enjoy HSPA service level continuity in all (or
wider) areas, by being offered twice the throughput
compared to (normal) EGPRS (i.e. on single carriers).
The "Downlink dual carrier" feature significantly increases
resource efficiency (according to simulations, up to 160%)
due to trunking gain.
The operator gains from increased revenues by being able

to offer throughput at a level comparable to
WCDMA/HSPA.
Using the "Downlink dual carrier" solution, HSPA operators

can offer service continuity for the rapidly increasing use of
their HSPA services.
• This network solution allows for both BSS base station
types (e.g. Flexi EDGE BTS) and BR BTSplus base stations to
be operated by the same Flexi BSC within the same BSS
architecture. This means that the BTSplus is actually
connected to the Flexi BSC via an adaptation of the BSS
Abis interface
• With the Automatic TRX Unblocking feature, the BSC is 1967

able to automatically unblock TRXs, which are
unnecessarily left in blocked state (BL-BCF / BL-RSL / BL-
RST / BL-SYS) due to Abis link failures. The operator doesn't
need to manually lock and unlock blocked TRXs back to the
working state after a transmission
• The introduction of the “OSI over TCP/IP” solution has 1242

eliminated the need for an extra router at the BSC site to
tunnel the ISO IP protocol inside TCP/IP. Licensing,
commissioning and maintaining such OSI routers can be
expensive, and their elimination reduces the operator’s
capital and operating expenditure.
Additionally, the lack of extra routers simplifies IP

configuration at the BSC site. The services of existing BSC
site IP solutions, including security and redundancy, can
now also be used for OSI-based O&M traffic. This solution
also makes it easier for customers to maintain and
configure their CBC solutions.
• Multipoint Gb Interface offers you the following benefits: 67
• improved scalability and fault protection in the core

network which leads to savings in capital expenditure
• In case of failures in the GPRS core, the network remains

operational with reduced SGSN capacity.
• facilitation of core network element upgrades
• help in maintaining revenue and increasing end-user

service quality
• use for load sharing as the BSC is connected to several

core network elements
• Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE doubles the maximum cell 591

radius, with up to 70 km, for PS traffic.
• increased data capacity in the NSE 70
• enhanced operability on the Gb and Abis interfaces
• more efficient Gb and Abis interface resource sharing
• new PCUs can be added dynamically
This makes it possible to increase the GPRS/EDGE capacity

easily.
• all PCUs are used effectively
• reduced interference in the network because of better 578

power distribution
• better speech codec distribution because of better

quality distribution
• reduced dropped call rate
• Double Power TRX for 2G BTS feature brings extra 834

coverage, as it allows 2-3 dB higher transmit power
compared to a bypass-combined TRX. Intelligent Downlink
Diversity (IDD) transmission increases the coverage area of
cells by enhancing downlink radio performance and
antenna diversity gain of the BTS.
• Reduced dropped call rate in heavily loaded networks 579
• Increased coverage, including in-building coverage, in

lightly loaded networks
• FACCH and SACCH repetition improve the C/I by up to 4

dB.
• Due to improved service continuity, end user experience 1137

is increased.
• Improved inter-system performance and call quality
where the GSM network is poor and a good WCDMA
network is available.
• Improved end-user overall perceived quality with
improved success rate of ISHOs/ISNCCRs towards WCDMA
FDD cells.
• Mobile Specific Channel Release Message will give

significantly faster access to 3G services for end-users and
provide more freedom for operators to plan their terminal
camping strategy. This solution helps the operator to
optimise the use of network resources, thus increasing
end-user satisfaction and saving CAPEX.
• Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) enables the operator to

expand service continuity network wide (GSM/EDGE and
WCDMA).
• Increased end user experience by bringing better
usability, meaning that the data services continue while
having a speech call. The services benefiting from DTM are
e.g. mobile e-mail, MMS and browsing during voice calls.
• It allows the operator to provide service differentiation 4099

to the mobiles based on the Release 99 QoS attributes.
• The adjustable scheduling weights used in this feature
allows the operator to determine how PCU shares the
radio resources among the users with different QoS
attributes.
• The parameter change process is similar to WCDMA RAN
(wideband code division multiple access radio access
network).
• Compared to MML commands/macros:
faster activation
The BSC can activate a new RNW configuration at several

sites at the same time (based on the user selection).
There is no need for several MML commands per site,

because all parameters are in the plan. If the parameter
modification requires locking, the BSC takes care of it
automatically. The system also temporarily disables both
BSS synchronisation and GPRS, if necessary.
less manual work in the activation phase
The possibility of configuration errors by the user in the

activation phase is minimised as the BSC validates the plan
in advance.
• Compared to provisioning via Q3 interface:
better performance
fewer steps in the activation phase - preparations can
be done during daytime
fewer steps in the activation phase - preparations can be

done during daytime
The whole RNW configuration change process is faster,

especially with large configurations, which minimises the
network downtime, cuts the operating costs, and enhances
NetAct Configurator's efficiency as an Operation and
Maintenance (O&M) tool.
• System capacity in wireless networks is generally limited 71
by the maximum interference level that the system can
endure.
Because SAIC-capable MSS can often use lower power

levels, non SAIC-capable MSS also benefit from SAIC. This
is because lower power levels transmit less interference.
The higher the percentage of SAIC-capable MSS, the better
the non SAIC-capable MSS perform.
When the percentage of SAIC-capable MSS in the network

grows, SAIC starts to provide system capacity gain.
Simulated capacity gain with full SAIC penetration is 50 -
60%. The figure Simulated SAIC gains in a synchronised
network shows a simulation that is based on a 2.4 MHz
bandwidth with 12 hopping frequencies. The traffic used in
the simulation consisted of 70% speech (AMR 5.9) and 30%
GPRS (CS1/CS2) traffic. Multislot class 3+1 was used.
• HMC increases the maximum downlink and uplink data 65
rates for a mobile, which is beneficial for many existing
mobile services, such as file and mail downloading.
However, the real benefit of HMC will be the possibility to
introduce totally new mobile services, such as video
conferences, that rely on increased throughput.
In uplink (UL), the benefits to be drawn from HMC are

most evident if Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA) is also
supported by the BSC.
• Capacity and quality 64
EDA improves UL capacity by supporting multislot

configurations that cannot be supported with Dynamic
Allocation.
With EDA, the maximum number of available UL timeslots

and the achievable UL throughput are doubled in
comparison with earlier BSS releases.
With EDA, the best possible UL resources are allocated,

rather than the most possible UL timeslots. In other words,
less timeslots are allocated when it is estimated that more
timeslots would not provide a better service.
Support for new applications
Higher UL bitrates are beneficial to applications such as

sending email with attachments, file uploading, MMS
sending and mobile video telephony.
• increases service availability as other core network 69

elements can provide service in case one MSC/MSS in a
pool area fails
• increases the network performance in terms of

scalability
• distributes the network load among several network

elements
• reduces the amount of signalling required by roaming

mobile stations, because the pool area is larger than the
service area of one MSC/MSS
• improved uplink interference rejection performance, 393
both adjacent channel and co-channel, to both traffic and
signalling channels, when compared to the current IRC
technology.
STIRC improves the interference (adjacent channel and co-

channel) rejection capability of the Flexi Multiradio and
Flexi EDGE TRXs. Sensitivity is not affected. For example,
link level simulations show interference rejection
performance of Gaussian minimum shift keying (GMSK)
channel under typical urban (TU) conditions improving as
follows:
2-way uplink diversity (2UD): on average 4 - 10 dB gain

compared to IRC
The actual gain is network dependent on many

environmental and configuration factors. Therefore, this
figure should be taken as an indication of the gain that
may be possible to achieve.
STIRC radio frequency performance is in all conditions

equal to or better than IRC. Due to the nature of the
interference rejection algorithms, IRC and STIRC perform
best in synchronised networks. With such gains in uplink,
when STIRC is enabled in interference limited
environments, consideration should be given to the impact
of these gains in the network. Special attention should be
paid to the handover and link adaptation thresholds.
STIRC can facilitate network level performance

improvement, such as capacity improvements via MS radio
transmitter (TX) power reduction, or improved frame error
rate (FER), that is, speech quality in an interference limited
environment. In addition, as the penetration of Single
Antenna Interference Cancellation (SAIC) MSS increases
(leading to better downlink interference rejection), STIRC
• Cell re-selection enables a dual mode MS to return from 1022
GSM BSS to TD-SCDMA RAN and get the full benefit of
services offered by the latter network.
• Handovers from TD-SCDMA RAN to GSM BSS can be

made to enable the operator to provide a seamless
coverage in areas where TD-SCDMA RAN is not available.
• Fast Return to TD-SCDMA makes TD-SCDMA network

originated calls to return as fast as possible back to TD-
SCDMA network when the call is disconnected in GSM
network.
• resources are used more efficiently, thus there is less idle 673
time
• circuit switched traffic is prioritised, but quality is

guaranteed by reserving time slots for GPRS traffic only
• new services, application, and businesses for the

operators
• fast connection set-up for end users
• high bit rate in data bursts
• possibility of being charged only for transferred data
• generally, any service that can be run on top of IP

protocols (the UDP or TCP transfer) is supported by the
Nokia GPRS solution (taking into account data rate and
delay requirements).
• resources are used more efficiently, thus there is less idle 4

time
• circuit switched traffic is prioritised, but quality is

guaranteed by reserving time slots for GPRS traffic only
• new services, application, and businesses for the

operators
• fast connection set-up for end users
• high bit rate in data bursts
• possibility of being charged only for transferred data
• generally, any service that can be run on top of IP

protocols (the UDP or TCP transfer) is supported by the
Nokia GPRS solution (taking into account data rate and
delay requirements).
• The feature increases the level of redundancy for the
M3UA and SCCP on the Lb Interface, by enabling the
possibility to prioritize one M3UA/SCCP association over
another redundant association. In addition, the deployed
SMLC servers is deployed in separate geographic locations
(two SMLC Servers).
For activation instructions on Geo-Redundant SMLC over

Multi-Homed Lb Interface, see Activating and Testing
BSS11114: Lb Interface to BSC
• improved trunking gain
• optimised use of signalling channels by sharing them

between bands
• the absence of a BCCH channel (in non-BCCH frequency

band) leads to a reduction of the overall interference and
allows more freedom in frequency allocation with
improved quality
• reduced number of cells in the network
• reduced number of Location Area Codes (LAC)
• reduced number of neighbouring cells
• multi-layer network simplified into one-layer network
• quality improvement due to decreased number of

handovers between frequency layers; calls directed to an
appropriate layer in call set-up
• Enhanced quality 3
DFCA is able to handle different circuit-switched traffic

classes (EFR, HR, AMR, 14.4 kbit/s data) individually, and it
provides the means to differentiate between users. This is
especially powerful when the full benefit of AMR
connections is wanted without 100% AMR penetration. By
guaranteeing a sufficient C/I level for each user, the
network performance in terms of received signal quality
(RXQUAL), frame error rate (FER) and dropped call rate can
be significantly improved.
• Capacity booster
The criteria for sufficient C/I for each connection also

optimizes the interference caused to other connections.
This leads to significant capacity gain, as the use of the
valuable frequency resources is dynamically optimized. By
decreasing the effective frequency reuse distance in the
network, DFCA makes it possible to accommodate more
circuit-switched traffic by adding more TRXs to the existing
BTSs without quality deterioration. Alternatively, more
frequencies can be used on the regular layer and/or the
BCCH layer. This increases the performance and capacity
available for GPRS/EDGE.
• Improved generic performance of the system
• Improved GSM/EDGE/WCDMA interworking
• Improved performance of statistics

• When the networks overlap, handovers from GSM BSS to
WCDMA RAN can be made in order to reduce traffic load
in the GSM network.
• Handovers from WCDMA RAN to GSM BSS can be made

areas where WCDMA RAN is not available. The handover
extends the radio network coverage.
• Due to the inter-system handover, seamless continuity of

speech connections and certain data services between
WCDMA RAN and GSM networks are available for all dual
mode subscribers. Dual mode UEs support both GSM and
WCDMA RAN. In addition to this, dual mode UEs may also
support GPRS/EDGE.
• Handovers from GSM BSS to WCDMA RAN can be made

areas where GSM is not available. The handover extends
the radio network coverage.
• possibility to build an efficient transport network for IP- 7
based multimedia services
• reduction of transmission costs when IP capacity is used

instead of FR capacity
• possibility to use features that are only supported with IP
For example, Multipoint Gb Interface and Packet Control

Unit (PCU2) Pooling can only be used with Gb over IP. For
more information, see Overview of Multipoint Gb Interface
and Overview of Packet Control Unit (PCU2) Pooling.
• alternative to traditional FR-based connectivity of Gb

interface that leads to saving in capital expenditure
(CAPEX) by using possible unused IP capacity in the site
instead of building a new FR capacity
• simplified network management
For example, you do not need to consider the restrictions

of frame relay anymore. In addition, dynamic IP
configuration provides an easy way to configure the IP
connection.
• Efficient allocation of EGPRS resources. When EGPRS 11

TRXs are introduced gradually in GSM networks, some cells
will have EGPRS TRXs and others will not. The PCU pushes
EGPRS-capable MSS to EGPRS cells and GPRS-capable MSS
to non-EGPRS cells by power budget NCCR criterion.
• Cell attractiveness can be defined neighbour cell-

specifically also taking into account each neighbour cell's
capacity.
• Quality criterion allows the NCCR when the serving cell

quality drops even if the signal level is good.
• The BSS11134: Antenna Hopping feature helps to avoid
network-level interference and link-level frequency
selective fading.
End user benefits
• With the BSS11134: Antenna Hopping feature, user

achieves an average gain of 2 dB on the link level. With low
antenna correlation, the BSS11134: Antenna Hopping
feature gains 1.5 - 4 dB depending on the mobile speed
(typical urban travelling at speeds varying from 3 km/h to
50 km/h with no frequency hopping) compared to single
antenna.
• With the BSS11134: Antenna Hopping feature, it is

possible to gain better network level spectral efficiency on
the BCCH layer. In very narrow-band environment (3.6
MHz) better network capacity can be achieved by
tightening the BCCH reuse (for example, from 5/15 to
4/12) without an extra TRX as required by Intelligent
Downlink Diversity (IDD). By tighter BCCH reuse more
frequencies can be used in the hopping traffic layer, thus
providing better capacity for narrow-band networks.
Operator benefits
• With the BSS21510: Antenna Hopping Enhancement

feature, an operator gets the flexibility in adding and
removing TRX(s) to and from the Antenna Hopping group
without blocking the corresponding BTS object.
• WPS brings improvements to traffic channel allocation 15

and queuing algorithms. It allows the service provider to
ensure that a reasonable amount of GSM radio capacity is
made available for public users.
• The main benefit of IMSI-based Handover is that the 8
handover access of the other operators' subscribers can be
limited only to defined cells to maintain service preference
to own subscribers. The other operators can prefer their
own cells and thus optimise costs caused by network visits.
The IMSI-based Handover consists of two parts depending

on which network type the handover is directed to:
Support for IMSI-based handover to GSM cell
Support for IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cell
Support for IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cell requires

that the GSM-WCDMA Inter-System Handover is enabled.
The IMSI-based Handover requires a valid licence in the

BSC. For more information, see Licence Management in
BSC.
The Packet Switched IBHO is currently not implemented.
For activating and deactivating instructions, see Activating

and testing BSS12158: IMSI-based Handover.
• The purpose of BSS Synchronisation Recovery

Improvement is to automate the recovery from the loss of
external sync signal from LMU.
With the BSS Synchronisation Recovery Improvement

software, the BTS site continues in the BSS synchronised
service even if the GPS coverage is lost for up to 24 hours.
The BTS site also continues in the BSS synchronised service
throughout a LMU software update.
• Service-based IS-NCCR allows the operator to decide 9

when the MS can change cell and also choose a radio
system according to the preferred services.
Coverage-based IS-NCCR enables the operator to define

whether 3G network is selected as soon as WCDMA FDD
cell coverage is available or only when GSM coverage ends
• New GSM Software Release Model. 52082
• Capability implement disaster recovery solution

(RG301939) with existing Flexi Multiradio BTS (ESMB/C)
installed based
• Offering IoT services over a large installed base with

good territory coverage.
• IoT connectivity solution, proportional charging based on

load.
• Enhanced usability of Optimiser for Automatic

Neighbouring and Frequency Planning.
• This feature allows the operator to secure the routing

messages exchanged between the controller and the site
router(s).
This increases the robustness of the site's routing
configuration by preventing accidental OSPFv2
misconfigurations.
By using cryptographic keys the chances for attackers to
modify the routing configuration using OSPFv2 are further
limited.
• Requested by NetworkS (T-Mobile/Orange) Poland

Low-cost standard site solution when using mcBSC (already
supported by Flexi BSC)
• Faster and simpler SW upgrade or CD installation if the
CD contains ETP SW.
• To give the customer the alternatives: To go for RG40 5050

Release or stay in RG30, both stay in maintenance and get
fault corrections within the RG40 time scale.
• Reduced number of unnecessary alarms.

Easier Operations and Maintenance (this situation
confuses the Network Monitoring and support teams to
decide which alarms can be ignored and which alarms
should be actioned. Is there a faulty SFP, or is the alarm
supposed to be present due to NSN design?)
• Gains UL constrained cell 5249

• Cumulative gains 5250
• High power 900J module and more resistant towards

interference issues from CDMA.
4247
• The new Flexi Multiradio 10 System Module can support
GSM, WCDMA as well as LTE within a single System
Module.
• Zero foot-print solution 3432

• Lowest total cost of ownership
• Improved System Security.

• Reduced OPEX for due reduced up keeping effort of user
accounts for Network element.
• MEFICO support is available even in case the

measurement is not supported by NetAct SW release
which is in use on the customer network.
• The Packet Abis Network Media conversion solution
protects the existing PDH device investment for Operators,
whilst enabling a smooth backhaul evolution (from PDH to
IP/Ethernet), in particular for Microwave Radio first mile
applications.
• Operators will now be able to introduce network

changes through the NetAct Provisioning tools for single
big BTS Site cases in larger cities during the Busy Hour. It
will now be possible to define a longer time limit for forced
handovers (FHO) during the Busy Hour, which will thus
introduce a smaller amount of dropped calls.
• The operator can now employ the Flexi Multiradio BTS in

similar Extended Cell scenarios as the Flexi EDGE BTS is
currently being applied today, including remote, coastal,
and island applications.
• This feature introduces a simpler and more easily

managed method for configuring a flexible Frame Number
Offset (FNO).
The Operator can reduce interference for SACCH frames
when the DFCA support for the OSC feature is utilized.
• Faster rehoming, roll-out by easier SEGMENT Name

modification
• This new performance management enhancement 1969

introduced with the RG20 (BSS) Release provides more
accurate and precise measurement data, which may be
utilised to improve the network planning and network
optimisation processes.

3281
• Transport in GERAN networks is today based mainly on

E1/T1 PCM lines. Several backhaul transport technologies
are in use besides the native E1/T1, like microwave radios,
SDH rings/point-to-point connections, ATM, etc.
• IP based transmission is widely seen as a cost-efficient
alternative to reduce operability costs, allows easy
expansions, and is predicted to be even more efficient in
the future. IP networks are or will be readily available in
many markets.
• IP/Ethernet-based transmission is especially suitable as
common transport for 2G/3G sites.
• Lower costs are achieved because there is no need for
external transmission units and no need to use BSC's
interfaces to connect to this equipment. Fast
implementation is assured as cabling, power supply, etc.
issues can be discarded.
• The integrated solution offers additionally higher
reliability, lower power consumption, and integrated O&M
via NetAct.
• It is increasingly important for operators to be able to 1523
monitor the SLA levels of their TDM and PSN backhaul
leased lines realised with pseudo-wire solutions since this
impacts the EDGE throughput and call success rate. Even
for E1 leased line cases today there is a reduction in
transparency of the supporting technology, since it may be
satellite Abis, CESoPSN, etc which introduce delay.
• Every aspect of the Flexi BSC contributes to its high

operational efficiency. The solution offers a unique level of
capacity efficiency, being the only BSC in the marketplace
to support up to 4200 TRXs in one cabinet, whilst providing
the highest traffic handling capacity of 25000 Erlang.
Additionally, it offers a new level of efficiency in
transmission, by enabling the Packet Abis and A over IP
functions through the new ETP / ETP-A modules which can
be also be used in the BSC3i 1000/2000 and TCSM3i. The
Flexi BSC, by offering full flexibility in the configuration for
different transmission media will enable the operator to
realise the most cost-efficient solution for their
requirements.
The following benefits are realised:
* Lower costs are achieved through combining the

enhanced capacity of the TCSM3i with a flexible site
installation
* Lower costs are achieved through reduced transmission,

site and O&M costs
In addition to the significant benefits of the TCSM3i for

existing combined BSC / TCSM solutions, that is, native
optical A-interfaces for fast installation and clear
transmission and site cost savings, the major capacity
increase enables a new flexibility in BSC / Transcoder site
installations. Moreover, a greater number of BSCs can now
be served by a single transcoding entity, simplifying the
network design.
• DFCA (Dynamic Frequency and Channel Allocation) is a
key Spectral Efficiency enabler and a unique solution from
Nokia Siemens Networks, which improves quality (and thus
capacity) in the network. Through utilising DFCA in
combination with another unique capacity solution OSC,
the capacity and quality gains are combined in a symbiotic
manner.
• Satellite Gb-interface connections are now also

supported with the Gb over IP feature, increasing the
range of possible networking solutions.
• The operator can employ a Packet Switched Network to 1537

support the transport backhaul for the Abis traffic, offering
significant cost savings from the more cost-effective
physical media (Ethernet) and also a simplified operation
and maintenance of the network.
Further, operators are also able to protect their
investment by upgrading existing Base Stations with the
new ESMx Module, enabling the support of new features.
• The feature increases the level of redundancy for the 1472

M3UA and SCCP on the Lb Interface, by enabling the
possibility to prioritise one M3UA/SCCP association over
another redundant association. Also, the deployed SMLC
Servers can be deployed in separate geographic locations
(now two SMLC Servers), if the operator elects to support
this architecture.
• FlexiPacket Microwave can be installed at a FlexiBTS site

without an indoor unit and without spending an additional
BTS Ethernet Transport interface for its local management.
Local commissioning and management do not require to
interrupt backhaul traffic or to touch cabling between the
BTS and FlexiPacket Microwave.
Lower investment or installation or maintenance costs,
faster site rollout. The lower total cost of MWR Solution.
Minimization of active components on the site, thus
optimized MTBF, minimized site power consumption, and
thus minimized total cost of ownership.
The Multicontroller BSC / Transcoder offers a wide range
of benefits for the Operator, including new and unique
saving opportunities.
With the compact size and scalable capacity:
* Installation and site space cost savings
* Reduced equipment needs
* Simpler logistics and transportation processes
* Fast installation and commissioning procedures
* Fewer spare parts and a reduced process complexity
* Easy capacity upgrades, through just adding modules
With a modular Multiradio Controller Platform design:
* Meeting the specific GSM and WCDMA site requirements
* Re-use of the existing equipment investment
* A simple evolution path towards Multicontroller RNC
configurations through module reuse
With an all IP-based solution:
* Evolution capability for all IP-based networking
* Support for efficient and flexible IP transport design
* Transport efficiency through Packet Abis (over
IP/Ethernet); A over IP; Gb over IP and SIGTRAN (SS7 over
IP)
GSM transcoding moved to core network for efficent 1753

network implementation and for utilisation of TrFO.
• Moving to packet-based transport networks, it is 1555
increasingly important for operators to be able to monitor
the realised SLA levels of the transport backhaul as this
impacts the EDGE throughput, call success rate, and other
important KPI values. Even for E1 leased line cases, there is
a reduction in transparency of the supporting technology,
since it may be satellite Abis, CESoPSN, etc.. which
introduce delay.
• Compact BSS ASW Portfolio introducing System Packages

with attractive pricing. System Packages give a better BSS
system view.
• This feature defines the capacity licence corresponds to 2085

the feature BSS21534: OSC Full Rate with SAIC MS.
• Configurable output power depending on needs and 3730

requirements.
• With RG20 (BSS), the Cositing solution enhances the

support for existing BTSplus deployments by enabling the
possibility to provide features that are not inherently
supported by the BTSplus at the existing BTSplus sites.
Furthermore, the support for existing deployments is now
further enhanced, where capacity extensions can now also
be provided through either the Flexi EDGE or Flexi
Multiradio BTSs.
• BSC name indicates the core network name only
supports five alphabets naming rules, for example, ZGS29,
ZGM18. After connecting more other vendor's core
network, five alphabets is not enough to indicate an
accurate and informative core network (MSC also have this
problem). It is difficult for an operator to define a proper
name for the core network in BSC.
• In the MSC pool feature, according to the load balance 3604

algorithm, the number of MSC in the MSC pool chosen by
NNSF function, including the summary of the following:
The number of chosen for MSCs by IMSI load sharing
The number of chosen for MSCs by IMEI load sharing
The number of chosen for MSCs by NULL_NRI load sharing
The number of chosen for MSCs by NRI outside the pool
load sharing
The number of chosen for MSCs by NRI reselection inside
the pool
• Feature reliability
• It will help operators to get higher security levels on BSC.
• It will help operators to get higher security levels on BSC.
• More cost-efficient transport network for the GSM Abis

interface.
• No direct monetary impact, but the security situation in 1872

the country is difficult.
• Improved call drop rate performance with DFCA.

• The operator's business is based on their network
reliability, so they expect a high level of resilience in their
transmission lines. High reliability becomes more
important with STM-1/OC-3 and IP interfaces because of
the high capacity of one optical fibre or Ethernet line.
Equipment protection is industry-standard and requested
by several customers.
• Enhanced risk management and improved O&M network

security.
• Every dimension of this product contributes to high 1262

operational efficiency. This BSC sets a new level of capacity
efficiency to the marketplace by being the only BSC to
support 3000 TRXs in one cabinet and to provide the
highest traffic handling capacity with 18000 Erlangs.
Additionally, a fully integrated solution to provide
IP/Ethernet in all interfaces will further strengthen the
potential of Flexi BSC - full flexibility in configuring
different transmission media will enable the operator to
select the most cost-efficient alternative.
• Better end-user experience.
• This feature provides the same general benefits as the 1263

BSS20960 WB-AMR feature with the Nokia MGW, and may
additionally be used together with other vendor's
standard-compliant core networks as long as they support
WB-AMR.
• Optimized and more space and cost-efficient PCU HW

configuration
• Improved PWE optimisation based on statistics.

• This feature builds upon the function of the existing 1220
Extended Cell capability, providing an extension of the
maximum cell radius from the current 70 km to up to 105
km for PS Services.
• It allows operators to serve larger coverage areas from
the BTS (such as coastal or very sparsely populated
regions), meaning that service can now be provided in
areas where it was previously either not possible or not
economical to site a BTS.
• This feature extends the possible cost savings, beyond
that possible with the existing capability. Further,
increased revenues are possible through the wider service
coverage provided in these scenarios. In addition, an
improved End User experience and satisfaction level can
be derived through the extended service coverage now
possible.
• Additional equipment that is IP/ETH managed could be

connected to the FlexiEDGE BTS 2nd FE/GE interface, for
example, DCN for BBU, Webcam, shelter monitoring, etc.
Also, user traffic from another IP/ETH BTS could be
connected and bundled to one Ethernet stream without
being QoS aware.
• To get Wideband AMR functionality in use with lower SW 1264

costs. To pay only for the real Wideband AMR usage.
• The advantages of L3 connectivity are: 1234

* easier management
* better stability in abnormal conditions.
899
3471
• With returning user-defined traffic TSLs of the TRX on the
TRX swap enhancement unnecessary permanent
decreasing of the Half Rate/Dual Rate TCH channels can be
better prevented due to TRX swap and permanent traffic
channel capacity decreasing can be better avoided. BSC
can return operator configured traffic channels back to
swapped TRX, which channel configuration BSC is modified
due to control channel TRX swap.
• With TRX reconfiguration for all the TSLs in TRX, swap
enhancement unnecessary decreasing traffic channels can
be prevented in TRX swaps and user-configured traffic
channel capacity decrease can be avoided.
• Mobile Specific Channel Release Message will give

significantly faster access to 3G services for end-users.
More freedom for operators to plan terminal camping
strategy.
• Minimise base station (BTS) site power consumption and 588

to optimise the service level if the mains power supply fails
• Increased revenue by controlling networks element
shutdown. Prolonged service gained in case of the mains
(AC) electricity break.
• More efficient handling of TRX resources in BTS
shutdown in case of Battery Backup Unit mains failure. The
user can also prioritise other TRXs than BCCH TRX to stay in
working state after a power cut. This solution helps
operator to retain revenue.
Improved speech quality, over full rate (FR), through

adaptive multi-rate (AMR) speech coding algorithm
5195
• Improved TRX test operation.
• With an accurate (E) GPRS performance index, the 589

operator can accurately determine if optimisation or
expansion is needed, resulting in improved network
dimensioning. This solution helps the operator to optimise
capital expenditures.
• Improved success rate of cell re-selections towards 590

WCDMA.
• Enhanced TRX test report printout. 4299
• Better speech quality for end-user by avoiding speech

frame losses in AMR codec (AMR FR/HR) changes. This
solution helps the operator to retain the customer.
• New counters help the optimisation of the network, as
the exact conditions in the event of call drop are captured.
• By monitoring the downtime of the cells, the operator is

able to analyse and identify the weak links in sectors which
are more prone to failures. This solution helps operator to
maintain revenue and reduce operational expenses.
• Ability to detect the performance of leased Abis PCM

lines. Increase GSM/EDGE network troughput by
optimisation by being able to monitor the performance of
Abis transmission. This solution helps the operator to
reduce operational expenses.
• Many important KPIs are based on transferred RLC
blocks, for example, PS Erlang.
• Easy installation and commissioning
• Improved end-user overall perceived quality with an 20299

improved success rate of ISHOs/ISNCCRs towards WCDMA
FDD cells. This solution helps the operator to retain the
customer.
• Increasing number of subscribers in the network without 586
increasing the network capacity. Queuing also improves
radio network efficiency, as it increases the number of
successfully completed calls in a temporary congestion
situation in the cell.
• With Market Expansion Toolkit, you can divide

subscribers into classes more effectively than before. This
improves user satisfaction, as you can ensure a high level
of service for high class subscribers while providing a fair
resource usage among the lower class subscribers.
• Provides larger cell ranges 833

• Improved end-user experience by having wider coverage.
FlexiEDGE BTS with extended cells is useful when larger
cell areas are needed, for example, in coastal and rural
areas where coverage exceeds typical GSM maximum cell
size of 35km.
• In addition to the already remarkable benefits of the

TCSM3i for combined BSC3i/TCSM3i installation, for
example, native optical interfaces to A-interface for fast
installation and clear savings in transmission and site costs.
The significant capacity increase enables new flexibility in
BSC/TCSM site installations. Moreover, a larger number of
BSCs can be served by a single transcoding entity,
simplifying the network.
587
Packet radio access for GSM/GPRS mobiles through coding 673

schemes CS1 - CS2. Capability can be enhanced with
coding schemes CS3 - CS4 through feature BSS11088. With
GPRS, overhead capacity not being used by circuit-
switched connections can be utilised for requested packet
radio services.
• Improved system security through IPSec utilisation for 1057

O&M connections.
• Cost savings are achieved as both the PGSM and EGSM 1118
are in the same BTS.
• Improved BCCH recovery.
• Possibility to have both PGSM and EGSM TRXs in a BTS
enables BCCH recovery between the two bands in small
segment configurations, where there is only one TRX on
the BCCH band.
• Faster network optimisation possibilities. 580

• This enhancement improves Lb interface monitoring,
error handling, and statistics in problem situations
(especially in E911 emergency call-related MS positioning).
• For the operator, the Multi-Operator BSS (MOBSS) 1067

solution achieves the optimal balance between cost
savings on the one hand and control over the network on
the other. It enables the high cost saving required, whilst
it continues to meet the operator requirement to provide
independence at the Core Network level.
MOBSS enables operators to derive an increased level of
cost savings in comparison with the simple "Site Sharing"
network sharing scenario. The most important beneficial
aspects of MOBSS include:
* A low initial investment requirement for the roll-out of
a new network and services
* Cost effective coverage for low traffic density areas
* Simpler site acquisition in cases where locations are a
scarce commodity
* Environmental plus points for the sharing partners since
fewer (total) sites are required
• The Long Reach Timeslot (TSL) solution for Extended 1218

Cells enables inter-system (3G) and inter-BSC handovers to
any area of an Extended Cell. This improves the handover
success rate for these scenarios.
• Simplified management of the DMALs for DFCA. For

scenarios where one BSC serves DFCA Cells belonging to
several DFCA Areas (e.g. separate cities), the frequency
selection for the individual DMALs can now be made more
flexibly.
• Whilst the A5/3 Ciphering solution provides the required 1377
level of security compared to A5/1 Ciphering mechanism,
networks do not typically have a full penetration of
supporting handsets. Consequently, this feature provides
an essential enhancement for the existing A5/1 Ciphering
mechanism in cases where the A5/3 solution cannot be
employed
• Local Switching for Satellite Abis is one of the enablers

for opening up the remote, low ARPU market segment.
Through minimising the Abis traffic requirement (via a local
switch for the Userplane traffic for local calls), the
backhaul network costs are minimised. This reduces the
overall cost of the solution which then results in a positive
Business Case for these scenarios. Furthermore, the call
quality is significantly improved for voice calls that are
switched locally.
• Starting with traditional Abis TDM (E1/T1) and move to 1015

Abis over packet (IP/Ethernet) later without replacing the
HW by simple SW license upgrad
• Local Switching for Terrestrial Abis reduces the

transmission capacity requirements on the backhaul,
which consequently leads to significantly reduced
expenditure costs. Furthermore, the call quality is
improved for voice calls that are switched locally.
• Improved CS statistics.
• File-Based Configuration Upload decreases the time used
for network configuration data upload from BSC to NetAct
RAC and thus decreases the operator's operational costs.
The increased amount of configured objects and
parameters in S12 adds the need for this operating
software.
• The BSC Integrated SMLC capacity feature improves 76

calculation capacity in Integrated SMLC.
CAPEX savings because using Location Services of BSS
requires no additional network elements. Internal SMLC
supports Cell ID + Timing Advance (CI+TA) and
conventional GPS location methods. CI+TA is fast,
lightweight, and does not need location support in the MS.
C-GPS is more accurate than SMLC, but slower, and
requires a global positioning system in the MS.
• The new TCSM3i platform brings a clear reduction in

floor-space and power consumption per channel. Several
TCSM2s may be replaced with TCSM3i for floor space-
saving. The latest technology supports new and more
flexible pool configurations in the A Interface as well as
provides possibilities for further evolution in terms of new
feature development.
• Operational savings from bigger BSC configuration.

• Installation savings from optical interfaces.
• Less BSS borders with HO's bigger BSC configuration.
73
• Faster optimisation
• When musical ringback tunes (caller tunes) are used, this 592
feature improves the quality of the ringback tone in cases
where downlink DTX is used.
• The number of radio sites is reduced as required.

• With easy scalability of the signaling network capacity. IP 2216
based transmission provides cost savings compared to
TDM infrastructure. It also allows flexible capacity
allocation which is not tied to a fixed bandwidth like 64
kbit/s or 2Mbit/s.
Simplifies signaling network planning and configuration
* SIGTRAN is decoupled from the physical transmission
medium
* Same signaling transport used throughout the network
core thus making planning procedures more uniform
IP connectivity
* Common IP backbone
* Same IP backbone for all kind of traffic
* Cost savings in IP based transmission compared to TDM
infrastructure
Flexible capacity allocation
* Signaling link capacity not tied to a fixed bandwidth (64
kbit/s or 2Mbit/s)
• The increased flexibility of the parameter setting can 1181

assist the Operator in reducing the Call Drop Rate.
• Cost effective rural coverage
• With this feature, the operator can derive more accurate

statistics concerning handover performance by employing
these new counters in KPIs.
• Improved accuracy for Emergency Calls being positioned 1020

by U-TDOA method to meet FCC E911 Phase2 mandate.
• Capex savings by giving more SDCCH capacity for SMS 1077

traffic.
• The feature is only charged if used, improved Abis 907
transmission efficiency
Operational aspects:
No SW license file in BSS12/EP1.0, trust based, BSC pool
license in BSS13/ EP2.0
• This capability further enhances the performance of the

DFCA feature by reducing the potential number of
dropped calls in some cases.
• The solution reduces the costs for the Operator since

remote polling of the LMU units by LMUB Manager or local
access at the site is no longer necessary.
• With the new parameters provided by feature BSS21154, 1180

it is now possible to control half-rate use separately for
AMR and non-AMR calls. Since AMR calls can survive in
poorer radio conditions longer than non-AMR calls, it is
now possible to have half-rate triggering for AMR calls
occurring earlier than those for non-AMR calls.
• Improves the potential spectral efficiency realized by the 1018

BTS and importantly leads to improved KPIs.
• From the counters at the M3UA layer, the operator can 811
follow the traffic at M3UA associations. The M3UA layer
counters tell e.g. what the payload of the M3UA and SCTP
connection is.
• From the counters at the SCTP layer, the operator can
monitor the traffic at the SCTP layer used by the M3UA
association. The SCTP layer counters provide more
accurate information on the real load required for sending
M3UA traffic through SCTP. The SCTP packets
retransmitted and SCTP duplicated transmission sequence
numbers received counters can be used to trace the
quality of the IP network. For example, if the counters are
increasing, the quality of the IP network may be too poor.
• The M3UA counters provide availability information for
the M3UA connections and other additional information
concerning the M3UA functionality.
• Offers improved visibility to TBF failure reasons
• Operators who have deployed the Multipoint A

networking capability may now derive additional
advantages through the enhanced overall flexibility of the
solution provided.
• CAPEX savings arising from the enhanced flexibility and
capability provided by this feature extension.
• The new extended solution can provide an improved End
User experience under some network conditions arising
from the alternative load sharing mechanism realised with
the new capability provided.
• With this feature, you can either power down or power 1217
up TRX by using the TRX-level MML command ERS. For
example, During night, if TRXs are not heavily utilised, the
operator is able to reduce the power consumption at BTSs
through shutting down Flexi EDGE BTS Dual TRX modules.
This results in savings for the operator, especially
important in these times of mounting energy costs and
increased Customer environmental awareness.
• Enhanced CCCH capacity in the BSS with optimized 1301

paging
• The feature is only charged if used, protected Abis 908
transmission availability
Operational aspects:
No SW license file in BSS12/EP1.0, trust based, BSC pool
license in BSS13/ EP2.0
• This feature improves the potential spectral efficiency 909

realized by the BTS and importantly leads to improved
KPIs.
• Seamless coverage extension for TD-SCDMA with an 1021

existing GSM network.
• Cost-effective indoor coverage with IP/xDSL backhaul.
• Improved fault detection.
• Faster rollout and troubleshooting from BSC.

• Capex savings by improving the trunking efficiency in
case of temporary congestion. It gives additional value
when the network provides different services for different
subscribers.
• Faster and less resource consuming neighbour list

optimisation. Revenue increase due to less dropped calls
and better data throughput.
• Efficient statistic collection. The statistics help in finding

the neighbours that are not defined to be in an active
state.
• Improved network quality in cell borders by minimising

local drops in the RF field strength.
• A better end-user experience by prolonging battery life
considerably.
• Capex savings by improving the trunking efficiency in 1302

case of temporary congestion.
• Optimising the usage of network layers and air interface

resources. Also, the battery lifetime of a terminal can be
optimised. Increased network capacity by improved
frequency efficiency.
• A5/1 enables secure radio interface.
• Allows providing service to Phase 2 mobiles in Phase 1

level networks.
• Improved performance and capacity in the cellular
network. Frequency Hopping can be used to improve
coverage as well. Synthesized frequency hopping allows
flexible network planning and operation.
• The improved end-user experience by classifying

efficiently mobile subscribers with Priority Info Element
(PIE).
• Improved frequency efficiency by reducing the uplink

interference in the networks.
• Faster and more reliable optimisation. Rx Quality

statistics give information on interference and HW
problem situations. This leads to increased revenue thanks
to improved network quality. Enhanced radio path quality
monitoring in the network. The Rx quality statistics can be
used to estimate the quality of speech provided by the
network.
• Faster and less resource consuming neighbor list

optimisation. Revenue increased thanks to less dropped
calls and better data throughput. This helps the operator in
planning and optimising the network, by finding the non-
successful handover cases.
• Improved end-user experience by and increased revenue
providing better service for high priority subscribers; i.e.
having fewer drops in call setups and calls.
• Improved end-user experience by increased service

quality. Improved network performance as also
interference is taken into account for handovers.
• Optimised usage of network layers. Enables reliable

handover for fast-moving mobiles in microcell networks.
GSM services through satellite connections for remote

locations.
• Fster and more reliable optimisation. RX Level statistics
give information on interference and imbalance situations.
This leads to increased revenue thanks to improved
network quality. Improved network performance
monitoring.
• Increased speed in finding link balance problems.

• Improved network performance monitoring.
• Improved network planning capability.

• improving HO success rates and call setup ratios.
• Improved network performance monitoring.
• Increased network capacity by adding more bandwidth.

Doubling the number of radio resources compared to
conventional Full Rate. Improved radio network capacity.
• The utilisation of half-rate coding makes it possible to
almost double the number of available traffic channels on
the radio path with the existing transmission lines on the
A-bis interface.
• Improved end-user experience by enhanced audio
quality.
• Increasing GSM network capacity by adding more

bandwidth
• A better end-user experience by less interference. The

network will provide better call quality.
• Optimising the usage of network layers. This feature
provides better service for subscribers in a dual-layer or
multi-layer microcellular network
• Increased end-user experience by improved call setup

success rates. The quality of service is improved. Enhanced
radio network performance in case of congestion.
• Enhanced speech quality.
• The increased end-user experience by getting enhanced

performance for fast-moving mobiles. Improved way to
optimise the Usage of Network Layers.
• Improved network operability.
• Improves end-user experience by decrease battery

consumption when actively using Cell Broadcast Service.
• Reduced time to troubleshoot the network elements and
user equipment.
• Improved end-user experience by enhanced voice
quality, without additional HW investments.
• Interference analyses lead to cost saving by faster and
more accurate NW optimisation and planning.
• Efficient network planning due to measured traffic

distribution in an operating network.
• Optimised usage of network layers.

• The number of handovers in microcells decreased.
• Enables the implementation of the better microcell
network, which on behalf increases the capacity and helps
to avoid additional HO's and in that sense increase the
network capacity.
• Efficient use of radio resources.
• Reduced cost due to faster analyses via improved
handover statistics.
• Minimising the number of cabinets needed on a site.

• Enables the usage of a centralized Cell Broadcast Centre.

• Improved end-user experience by providing faster circuit
data services.
• Improved performance and capacity in the cellular

network.
• Intelligent Frequency Hopping can be used to improve
coverage as well.
• Increased end-user experience thanks to better voice
quality with Frequency Hopping.
• Increased revenue using Talk BTSs thanks to controlled

networks element shutdown and prolonged service in case
of an electric brake.
• It helps in optimising the A-bis allocation.
• Enabling the usage of service channels between the BSC

and the transmission equipment.
• Improved network performance by handling short time
SDDCH breaks without the need to configure extra
permanent SDCCH capacity.
• Efficient use of radio resources.

• The improved end-user experience by providing faster
circuit data services
• Improved tolerance against short cuts in the signalling
connection.

• Improved end-user experience and increased revenue
thanks to having less drop calls.
• Improved fast local site operations.
• Improved quality and capacity in the cellular network.
• Improved system security by reporting attempts to

violate the security of the network element.
• Planning and optimising the network by finding the non-

successful HO cases faster.
• Improved tolerance against short cuts in the signalling
connection.
• Increased network capacity.

• Reducing the number of unnecessary TCH reservations in
macro cells and providing more trunking efficiency in the
network.
• Improved frequency efficiency. This feature utilises

frequency hopping gain for coverage enhancement, the
channel allocation, and handover algorithm. This solution
provides the network operators with the tools to
intelligently improve the coverage of their networks
through FH and BSS SW features.
• Increasing network capacity by adding more bandwidth.
• Getting centralized information of causes to call drops

and helping to solve Radio network problems. The
information on real reasons for SDCCH and TCH problems
can be found and the BTS with lower quality can be
detected.
• Increased revenue and improved Frequency efficiency by

relieving load of the congested cells and smooth out the
load over the network.
• Centralising Antenna Supervision management.

• Investments based on terminal capability.
• Improved network performance by faster transmitting

power using variable power steps and thus decreasing the
overall interference, because unnecessarily high BTS
transmission power is not used.
• Improved neighbor list optimisation.
• Improved end-user experience by reducing churn with

the enhanced voice quality, without additional HW
investments.
• Increased revenue from Location-Based Services.
• Improves the statistics capability to measure voice

quality in both uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) directions.
• Multi BCF feature enhances BTS as part of the MultiBCF
concept which allows a combination of several BTSs into
one segment.
• Spectral efficiency gains (in conjunction with the DFCA

feature).
• Flexible data capacity deployment and better-used

network resources (less idle time).
• Increased revenue by new services, applications, and
business. Increased end-user experience with flexible data
services.
• Priority Class-Based Quality of Service operator can

control the GPRS/EDGE network resource usage more
efficiently. Applications, which are delay-sensitive or need
high throughput will have higher priority than best effort
delay insensitive applications. By this service
differentiation, more users can be served with the same
amount of resources.
• The System Level Trace feature reduced time to 983
troubleshoot the network elements and user equipment.
• The trace facility enables customer administration and
network management.
• Reduce BSS data CAPEX and OPEX considerably. 4

Increases multimedia service consumption and network
traffic. Can increases operator market share and data
ARPU. Improve 3G WCDMA/HSDPA user experience with
EDGE/WCDMA/HSDPA terminals and networks.
• Easier Installation and improved operability and

maintenance functions.
• Improved radio link performance and data throughput.
Increased end-user experience thanks to enhanced
network performance.
• Radio network coverage enhancements by doubling the
coverage area ~ 50% fewer sites. Total radio network
saving over 5 years is 40%.
• Enables the operator to offer Text Telephony service in 5651

mobile networks.
• This feature reduces the number of site visits.
• Intelligent Shutdown protects maintenance breaks for

BTSs. The BTS site may be equipped with battery backup.
The aim is to maintain service as long as possible. To
achieve this it is reasonable to reduce capacity on certain
sites to save battery and maintain only the essential BTS
functions. Increased revenue thanks to controlled
networks element shutdown and prolonged service in case
of an electric brake.
• Optimal operation during both short and long mains
breaks. Timers allow executing the shutdown procedure in
several phases. Each phase reduces battery power
consumption.
• With an Intelligent shutdown for UltraSite and
MetroSite, it is possible to optimize the trade-off between
service level and battery lifetime. Short mains break will
not reduce service unnecessarily, whereas during a longer
break the essential functions, BCCH or transmission chain,
can be maintained as long as possible.
• This enables a flexible and easy alternative for operating

the neighbour GSM cell from NetAct and MML.
• Automatic recovery for the loss of LMU clock when the

BTS chain is defined in the BSS radio network database.
• The emphasis is on setting and self-regulating radio
network parameters and to improve the accuracy of the
information required building a frequency plan.
• Effective use of radio resources. 2

• An improved end-user experience by providing faster
packet-switched data services.
• Increased revenue from Location Based Services. 16
• Multi BCF for MetroSite BTS feature enhances MetroSite

BTS as part of the MultiBCF concept which allows a
combination of several BTSs into one segment. Evolution
to EDGE services in TalkFamily BTS sites is enabled also to
UltraSite BTS with MetroSite BTS.
• Increased end-user experience thanks to better signal
quality for non-AMR mobiles. Utilises AMR spectral
efficiency gains.
• Improved signal quality for non-AMR GSM mobiles in the
AMR network in low C/I radios conditions.
• Increased end user experience by increasing application 1198

level (e.g. HTTP, WAP, FTP) performance remarkably.
• Increased end-user experience by providing even up to

112% faster access to data.
• Data transfer outage time is minimized. Improves the 10

GPRS/EDGE cell change speed.
• Usage of MGW equipment for transcoding, instead of a

separate transcoder network element.
• With the counters, operators can get measurement data
about the utilisation and availability of the TCHs in BCSU
level and thus optimise Soft Channel Capacity Feature
usage.
• New counters help the optimisation of the network, as

the exact conditions in the event of call drop are captured.
• Flexibility in frequency planning.
• Volume weighted throughput counters reflect the

application-level throughput as well as possible because
the impact of shorter bursts like signaling is minimised.
• Possibility to have both PGSM900 and EGSM900 TRXs in

a BTS enables BCCH recovery between the two bands in
small segment configurations where there is only one TRX
on the BCCH band
• The operator can set greater thresholds for supervision

timers of the assignment and handover procedures in BSC.


• The operator can modify dynamically LAPDm T200 values

from BSC to tweak the timers to best match the network's
needs.


• Revenue savings will be materialised by not having to

recall faulty handsets and going through a costly and
customer impacting phone swap program.
• By recovering counter 'SPARE057044' updating,

customer-specific KPI formulas which use counter
'SPARE057044' can be utilised again.
• Possibility to have both PGSM900 and EGSM900 TRXs in

a BTS enables BCCH recovery between the two bands in
small segment configurations where there is only one TRX
on the BCCH band.
• Drops in the event of clear requests can be analyzed.
• The information of the last used bitrates used is very

important when analysing drop call reasons.
• This feature improves BSC's performance.
• Offers visibility to text telephone performance
• DFCA feature works better with these improvements.
• This feature is needed if segmented message transfer is

not supported and the length of the HANDOVER REQUEST
(or HANDOVER REQUIRED) message (MSC <-> BSC)
exceeds the maximum message length when the GPRS
Suspend Information IE is included in the message.
• The NSE reset procedure is a tool for the operator to

recover from problems on the Gb interface.
• Improved end-user experience thanks to sufficient

signaling capacity allocation in A Interface.
• Improved Speech Quality by AMR capability to maintain 72

good speech quality in poor C/I conditions. AMR FR speech
quality (MOS) is significantly better than GSM FR and GSM
EFR at low C/I. Improved performance at the cell edge and
indoor locations thanks to the use of most robust codecs.
Capacity Gain by AMR robustness allows to tighten re-use
patterns increasing spectral efficiency. AMR FR can provide
around 140% capacity gain vs EFR in the hopping layer.
• Improved Speech Quality by AMR capability to maintain 1

good speech quality in poor C/I conditions. AMR HR speech
quality is significantly better than GSM HR and comparable
with GSM FR in good link conditions improved
performance at the cell edge and indoor locations thanks
to the use of most robust codecs. Capacity Gain by AMR
robustness allows to tighten re-use patterns increasing
spectral efficiency.
• Increased end-user experience by resuming GPRS

connection faster after the CS call. Decreasing routing area
updates and thus decreasing the capacity need for
signalling.
• Increased end-user experience by providing faster

access. • Serving more users at the same time.
• Uplink power control decreases network interference
and increases the terminal battery duration.
• Soft Channel Capacity in BSC gives the operator the 14

possibility to increase the connected number of AMR HR
capable TRXs and traffic channels ensuring a very strong
BSC capacity solution. The benefits are less configuration
work and easier network planning in the radio network,
flexible capacity adaption, higher usage of BSS equipment
resources.
• Easier and faster BTS Management under field

conditions.
• Increased revenue from Location Based Services.
• Utilising better resource in 2G and 3G networks.

• End-user experience can be increased due to service
continuity in areas where 3G network coverage is not good
enough.


• End-user experience can be increased because blocking
due to heavy load in 2G network can be avoided.
• Flexible data capacity deployment and better-used

network resources (less idle time).
• Increased revenue by new services, applications, and
business.
• The increased end-user experience by flexible data
services.
• Enables basic GSM voice services.
• Compact BSS ASW Portfolio, introducing System

Packages with attractive pricing. System Packages give a
better BSS system view.



• Integrated network management.
• Enhanced network operability. After using this new

procedure in (change delivery) installation, it is possible to
see the updating history of certain software.
• Enhanced transport capacity.

Category Release
Operability GSM FP21B
Radio Network Performance GSM FP21B
Security GSM 20 FP20B

Operability GSM 20 FP20B
Operability GSM 20 FP20B
Transmission and Transport GSM 20 FP20B

Radio Network Performance GSM 20 FP20B
Radio Network Performance GSM 20 FP20A

Operability GSM 20 FP20A
BSC Solution GSM 20 FP20A

Security GSM 20 FP20A

Value Added Services BSC 19 SP1.0
Value Added Services BSC 19 SP1.0

Radio Network Performance BSC 19 SP1.0
Operability BSC 19 SP1.0

Radio Network Performance BSC 19 SP1.0
Transmission and Transport GSM 19
Security GSM 19
Radio Network Performance GSM 19

Operability GSM 19
Security GSM 19
Configuration Management GSM 19
Value Added Services GSM 19

Security GSM 19
Network Administration GSM 19

Operability GSM 18
Network Monitoring and Maintenance GSM 18
Troubleshoot GSM 18
BTS Solution GSM 18
O&M Security GSM 18

Operability GSM 18
BTS Solution GSM 18

Multiradio Interworking GSM 17
Troubleshoot GSM 17
Multiradio Interworking GSM 17

Packet Switched Data GSM 17
BSC Solution GSM 17
Configuration Management GSM 17

O&M Security GSM 16
BSC Solution GSM 16

BSC Solution GSM 16
BTS Solution GSM 16

Operability GSM 16
Radio Network Performance RG40
BTS Solution RG40

Network Monitoring and Maintenance RG40
Network Administration RG40
Configuration Management RG40
BTS Solution RG40

Packet Switched Data RG40
Multiradio Interworking RG40
Transmission and Transport RG30


Value Added Services RG30



BTS Solution RG30





RG20

Radio Network Performance BSS11.5 and before
Packet Switched Data BSS11.5 and before










BTS Solution RG20












RG10
Packet Switched Data BSS13

Configuration Management BSS13
Radio Network Performance BSS13
Multiradio Interworking BSS13






Value Added Services BSS11.5 and before

Multiradio Interworking BSS11.5 and before

Transmission and Transport BSS11.5 and before


Network Monitoring and Maintenance BSS11.5 and before

BSC Solution GSM 18

Operability RG40

BTS Solution RG40
Operability RG40
Single RAN RG40
RG30
BTS Solution RG30
O&M Security RG30
RG30
Operability RG30
RG30


RG20
RG20
BSC Solution RG20
BSC Solution RG20
BSC Solution RG20


BSC Solution RG20

Operability RG20
BTS Solution RG20
RG20

O&M Security RG20
O&M Security RG20
RG20
BSC Solution RG10

BSC Solution RG10
O&M Security RG10
BSC Solution RG10
BSC Solution RG10

BSC Solution RG10
RG20
RG10
RG20
RG10
RG10
Operability RG10

Operability BSS13
RG10
Network Monitoring and Maintenance BSS13
BSS13

RG10
BSS13
BSC Solution BSS13

Operability BSS13

O&M Security BSS13

BSC Solution BSS13

Transmission and Transport BSS13
BSS13
BSS12
Value Added Services BSS12
BSC Solution BSS12
BSC Solution BSS12
BTS Solution BSS12


BSC Solution BSS12
BTS Solution BSS12

BTS Solution BSS12


BTS Solution BSS12
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS13
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
Configuration Management BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BTS Solution BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSC Solution BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before


BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before


BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

Network Administration BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before







Circuit Switched Data BSS11.5 and before



Circuit Switched Data BSS11.5 and before





O&M Security BSS11.5 and before


BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before



BSS11.5 and before



BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before


O&M Security BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before

BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
BSS11.5 and before
Supported in AirScale BSC release
AirScale BSC FP21B
AirScale BSC FP21B
AirScale BSC FP20B

AirScale BSC FP20B
AirScale BSC FP20B
NO
AirScale BSC FP20B
AirScale BSC FP20A

AirScale BSC FP20A
AirScale BSC FP20A
AirScale BSC FP20A

AirScale BSC FP20A
AirScale BSC FP20A
AirScale BSC FP20A
AirScale BSC FP20A

AirScale BSC 20 FP1
AirScale BSC 20 FP1

AirScale BSC 20 FP1
AirScale BSC 20 FP1

AirScale BSC 20 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP3

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP3

NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP3
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP3

AirScale BSC 19 FP3
AirScale BSC 19 FP3
AirScale BSC 19 FP3
AirScale BSC 19 FP3

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1

AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
AirScale BSC 19 FP1
NO
Related documents Additional information
Troubleshooting Airscale BSC
CB006471: Radio Resource Management Counter Warming

Enhancement
RG302466: A5/4 Ciphering

RG302753: HO relations enhancement
RG302802: Enhanced call reestablishment rate with ZTE core
The same feature in

AirScale BSC is RC1724: Flexible
DSCP Support for AirScale BSC
RG302818: 2G-4G fast return with user differentiation
RG302652: WB-AMR Enhancement

RG302697: Improved Uplink Power Control for CS Calls
RG302749: Lean GSM Operability Improvements
RG302770: Enhancements to BSCLogCol Tool

RG602655: BSC Security Hardening
RG602695: BSC upgrade time improvement
SR002473: MOBSS interworking with Lean GSM
SR002532: Low Power Call Handling With GSM and LTE DSS
RG302643: BSC-CBC Immediate BroadcastCategory
RG302647: Clear Voice GSM Cloud Enhanced SW TL

CLTU (RGC2002TL)
RG302648: Improved CallSetup time GSM Cloud Enhanced SW TL
CLTU (RGC2002TL)
RG302659: Fast 2G BTS SWDownload

RG302756: New 2G MOCNcounters per PLMN ID
RG302627: GSM Flexi BTS EM Security Hardening

RG302666: Multipoint Gb Enhanced Connectivity
RG302671: Fast Power Control

RG302696: Flexible Commissioning for Symmetric TRX and
MOBSS Allocation
RG302704: BSC troubleshooting enhancements

RG302713: IKEv2 and DH group 14/15 for IPSec
RG602584: BTS SM support for MS Windows 10
RG602638: FHFB support in classical LTE-GSM RF sharing (GF)

software
BSS21552: Packet Abis efficient PS transport

RG302437: Automated symptom data transfer from BSC to
external server
RG302442: Remote FDSW download to

Flexi Multiradio 10 BTS
RG302454: Unique GSM CS Call ID
RG302529: Enhanced BCCH Energy Saving
RG302534: GSM Based IoT Solution (EC-GSM IoT), and

RG302559: Extended DRX for EC-GSM IoT
RG302550: BSC OAM support for SFTP and SSH
RG302534: GSM Based IoT Solution (EC-GSM IoT), and

RG302559: Extended DRX for EC-GSM IoT
RG302560: Support for Power Efficient Operations
RG302585: Lean GSM Solution
RG602604: Loose phase and time synchronization BTS level functionality
RG602610: FYGC GPS Receiver Antenna

BSS101409: AoIP Improved Capacity
RG301941: Blind 2G to 3G reselection
RG302278: mcBSC FB Activation in One Single Step
RG302343: Enhanced Fast Return to LTE

RG302391: Manual Weighting for Multipoint Gb
RG302462: Smart BCCH Allocation
RG602548: CM Parameter streamlining

Testing BSS101711: Tracing with BTS BTS level functionality
Manager
BSS101909: Automated Certificate Management

Description of RG302161: Improved Log Collection BTS level functionality
Description of RG302188: Integrated CS

Data support in mcBSC
RG302198: BSS Support for FXED (6x60W RFM)
Description of RG302253: L3 data collection for GSM PS

Description of RG602496: Energy
efficiency Shut Down Mode with RF Sharing
BSS21537: AQPSK with VAMOS 2 Handsets
BSS11134: Antenna Hopping and RG301692: Antenna

Hopping Extension
RG301726: Uplink Min RXLevel Based Access
RG301942: Remote BSC SW upgrade

from NetAct
RG302055: Parameter Categorization
RG302087: Narrow LTE Carrier Bandwidth
BSS21341: A over IP, RG302139: AoIP Monitoring - RTCP

Support
RG302186: Anti-Lag Suite
RG302196: Smart Dual Beam
RG301854: Fast return to LTE and

RG302301: TD+FD LTE
RG602339: Sync Hub Direct Forward BTS level functionality
BSS101406: Ethernet Ring/Path Protection BTS level functionality

BSS21313: OSC Support for VAMOS Handsets
BSS21327: Local Switching for Packet Abis
BSS21361: Dynamic PCU2 Pooling

BSS21454: Packet Abis over Ethernet, BSS21439: Packet Abis
Sync. ToP IEEE1588v2, BSS30450: Packet Abis Synchronous
Ethernet, and BSS21444: Packet Abis Security
BSS21539: Packet Abis IP/TDM Aggregation BTS level functionality
BSS21542: OSC Capability Test for Handsets RG302092:

Extended OSC Capability Test for Handsets
RG301777: MOCN Rel10 Support

RG301828: BSC Symptom Data Collection and RG301838: BSC
Event Triggered Symptom Data Collection
Description of RG301831: Enhancement of Failure Reasons

for the TRX Test
RG301834: VSWR and RSSI Measurement

RG301854: Fast return to LTE and RG302301: TD+FD LTE
RG301936: Intelligent MCPA TRX Shutdown
BSS21309: OSC Half Rate with SAIC MS, RG602213: OSC

Multiplexing Enhancements, RG301447: OSC and Edge in the
same BTS
BTS level functionality
BSS21515: Ethernet OAM Support

BSS402073: Admission Control for EGPRS
RG301737: Inter System NCCR for LTE
RG301856: Precise UL Interference Measurement

RG602125: High Speed Rail HO

same BTS
RG301837: OSC Remultiplexing
RG602219: Nearest Offset BTS Feature Description

BSS10101, BSS11107, BSS20477, BSS20858 and BSS20132:
GSM-WCDMA Interworking
Refer feature BSS21309
BSS101574: Air Path Loss Measurement

BSS20045: PCU Restart Handling
BSS20083: Inter-BSC Network-Assisted Cell Change

BSS21045: Inter-System Network-Assisted Cell Change
BSS21222: Energy optimized TCH allocation

BSS21238: Merged P-E-GSM900
same BTS
BSS21316: Flexi BTS Autoconnection

BSS21534: OSC Full Rate with SAIC MS, BSS21325: 8k TRAU for
OSC AMR FR
BSS21335: Precise Paging

BSS21343: DLDC territory procedures
BSS21353: LTE system information

BSS21355: Inter-System
Network-Assisted Cell Change for LTE
BSS21362: Fast BSS Restart
BSS21388: Random Fill Bits

BSS21392: TRX specific link adaptation for DLDC
BSS21440: Packet Abis over TDM, BSS21438 Packet Abis over

Satellite, BSS21445 Packet Abis Congestion Reaction


BSS21507: Flexible MCPA TX Power Pooling
BSS21520: RF Sharing GSM-LTE

BSS21534: OSC Full Rate with SAIC MS, BSS21325: 8k TRAU for
OSC AMR FR
BSS21538: Extended CCCH

RG301666: (E)GPRS Downlink Power Control
BSS101411: Extended BCCH

RG602124: Composited Multi Site Transmission
BSS402071: Instant QoS Signaling

BSS21333: Real-time road traffic information
BSS402059: Smart Resource Adaptation

Activating and Testing BSS21277: 105 km Extended Cell CS
BSS21528: ISHO acceleration via Iur-g

BSS21527: Load reporting to TD-RNC over Iur-g
BSS20093: A5/3 ciphering

BSS20097: Automated RNW O M log
collection
BSS20738: Paging coordination in BSC
BSS20916: AMR HO signaling

optimization
BSS20960: Wideband AMR and
BSS21118: TFO for AMR
BSS20984: 2G TRX automatic power

down
BSS20960: Wideband AMR and
BSS21118: TFO for AMR
BSS21120: AMR Unpacking Optimization

BSS21161: SDCCH and PS data
channels on DFCA TRX
BSS21228: Downlink Dual Carrier

BSS30340: OSI over TCP/IP
BSS20086: Multipoint Gb Interface
BSS20094: Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE

BSS20106: Packet Control Unit (PCU2) Pooling
BSS20776: AMR Progressive Power

Control
BSS20870: Double Power TRX for 2G BTS
BSS20872: Robust AMR Signalling
BSS20967: Coverage based ISHO in Refer feature BSS10101

dedicated mode
BSS402072: Enhanced Packet Scheduling
BSS20012: File Based Plan Provisioning
System Feature Description
BSS20082: Single Antenna Interference

Cancellation in BSC
BSS20084: High Multislot Classes
BSS20089: Extended Dynamic Allocation
BSS20092: Multipoint A Interface in BSC

BSS20494: Space Time Interference Rejection Combining BTS level functionality
System Feature Description
BSS30315, BSS30320 and

RG301732: GSM - TD-SCDMA Interworking
BSS09006: GPRS System Feature
Description
• BSS09006: GPRS System Feature

Description
• BSS10091: EDGE System Feature Description
BSS10012 and BSS11114: Location
Services in BSC
BSS10016 and BSS10118: Common

BCCH Control
BSS11052: Dynamic Frequency and
Channel Allocation
BSS11086: Support for Enhanced Measurement Report

BSS11110: Gb over IP
BSS11112: Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection

BSS11134: Antenna Hopping and
RG301692: Antenna Hopping Extension
BSS11149: Wireless Priority Service

BSS12158: IMSI-based Handover
Activating and Testing BSS11073: Recovery for BSS and Site

Synchronisation and BSS20371: BSS Synchronisation Recovery
Improvement
BSS20394: Inter-System Network-Controlled Cell Re-selection

Migration from RG10 (BSS) to

RG20 (BSS) cositing
BSS21270: 105km Extended Cell for
GPRS/EDGE
Refer feature BSS20432.

Deactivating and Testing BSS9022: Filtering for BTS Alarms
and BSS20751: Beating BTS Alarm Filter

BSC3910 and BSS20869: Radio
Resource Pre-emption and Queuing
BSS20094: Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE

BSS21026: PGSM 900 - EGSM 900 BTS in BSC

BSS21213: Multi-Operator BSS
Activating and Testing BSS21274: Long Reach TSL (2G BTS)

Activating and Testing BSS21165: Single MA List for EGSM 900
and PGSM 900
Activating and Testing BSS21261: Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Manual
Power Down
Activating and Testing BSS21324: Intelligent Selective Paging

BSS30315, BSS30320 and
RG301732: GSM - TD-SCDMA Interworking
TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
BSS03050 : Frequency Hopping
TCSM functionality
Activating and Testing BSC3701: RX Quality Statistic
Activating and Testing BSC3702: Handover Adjacent Cell

Measurement in BSC
Intelligent Underlay-Overlay
Activating and Testing BSC4091: RX Level Statistics
Activating and Testing BSC4092: Link Balance per MS

Classmark
Activating and Testing BSC4093: Timing Advance Statistics

TCSM functionality
BSS5050, BSS10118, BSS11116 and BSS8085: Dual Band

Network Operation
Activating and Testing BSS5220: Fast Moving MS Handling in
Macrocell
Activating and Testing BSS6081: C/I Ratio Statistics
Activating and Testing BSS6082: Hot Spot Location Statistics
Activating and Testing BSS6083: MS Speed Detection

TCSM functionality
Activating and Testing BSS7005: Intelligent Frequency
Hopping
TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
Activating and Testing BSS7036: Dynamic SDCCH
BSS7064: Handover Support for Coverage Enhancements
TCSM functionality
BSS8032: Direct Access to Desired Layer/Band
BSS8037: Enhanced Coverage by Frequency Hopping
BSS8123: Advanced Multilayer Handling

TCSM functionality
Activating and Testing BSS9018: MS Capability Indication
TCSM functionality
Activating and Testing BSS10022: FER Measurement

BSS10046: Multi BCF Control
BSS10091: EDGE System Feature
Description
Activating and Testing BSS11073: Recovery for BSS and Site

Synchronisation and BSS20371: BSS Synchronisation Recovery
Improvement
BSS11085: Automated Planning
Enhancements
Activating and testing BSS11088: Coding Schemes CS-3 and

CS-4
BSS10012 and BSS11114: Location

Services in BSC
Activating and Testing BSS11151: Extended Uplink TBF Mode
Enhancement of feature
BSS08121.
BSS08121.
BSS08121.
Refer features BSS04040,
BSS04041, BSS05850


TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
TCSM functionality
Feature ID Feature title

CB007805 Support of Dell S5232F-ON and Dell N3248TE-ON switch
CB007722 AirScale BSC and AirScale RNC deployment on Nokia A
CB006338 Scalable Data Collection Interface for AirScale BSC
CB006354 AirScale BSC ETME/ETMA/PCUM core dump transfer to

RC2293 Limitation action for AirScale BSC license
management
RC2419 Minimized Service Downtime of AirScale BSC SW

Upgrade Using Georesiliency
RC0952 AirScale BSC Deployment on Nokia AirFrame RM19

RC1610 NetAct Trigger for AirScale BSC Georesiliency
RC1611 Infra sharing for secondary AirScale BSC VNFs in

Georesiliency
RC1974 Enhanced AirScale BSC Georesiliency

RC0639 AirScale BSC Dual Stack IPv4/IPv6 for Abis interface
RC0640 AirScale BSC Dual Stack IPv4/IPv6 for AoIP, GboIP

interfaces
RC0701 AirScale BSC Georesiliency

RC1683 Dual Stack IPv4/IPv6 for AirScale BSC M-Plane
interface
RC0641 Traffic separation in AirScale BSC for network sharing
RC1724 Flexible DSCP Support for AirScale BSC
RC1764 AirScale BSC deployment on Nokia AirFrame OR19
RC0349 License management with Centralized License

Server
RC0994 AirScale BSC deployment on Nokia AirFrame - OR18
RC1157 Release upgrade to AirScale BSC 19 FP3

RC1272 AirScale BSC migration from NCIR17A to NCIR18
RC0475 AirScale BSC Packet Abis, AoIP interfaces & core

transport functionality
RC0477 AirScale BSC Transport QoS
RC0478 AirScale BSC Synchronization features
RC0479 AirScale BSC Transport IP Security features
RC0483 AirScale BSC Network Monitoring transport

functions
RC0484 AirScale BSC Site Solution for Standalone
Deployment
RC0558 AirScale BSC resource scaling
RC0559 AirScale BSC High availability
RC0560 AirScale BSC Deployment framework and CBAM interfa

RC0561 AirScale BSC O&M framework and operability baseline
RC0562 AirScale BSC security baseline

RC0563 AirScale BSC deployment on Nokia AirFrame
RC0629 AirScale BSC SW management
RC0630 AirScale BSC troubleshooting framework
RC0903 AirScale BSC - AirScale RNC multi-tenancy in

Standalone Deployment
nfidential Information.
strictions on disclosure and use.
Feature description
Support of Dell S5232F-ON and Dell N3248TE-ON switches in
RM19 for AirScale BSC feature introduces new Cloud
Controller Solution blueprint configurations for AirScale BSC.
This configuration allows to use the Dell S5232F-ON as the
leaf switch and the Dell N3248TE-ON as the hardware (HW)
management switch in Nokia AirFrame Rackmount (RM)19.
AirScale BSC and AirScale RNC deployment on Nokia AirFrame

RM20 feature enhances the infrastructure options for AirScale
BSC and AirScale RNC with the introduction of a new
reference hardware, Nokia AirFrame Rackmount 20 (RM20).
The RM20 is a high density rackmount infrastructure for
sharing processing resources between VNFs with enhanced
energy efficiency and reduced footprint.
Scalable Data Collection Interface for AirScale BSC feature

introduces a new scalable interface for AirScale BSC Data
Collection and Analysis solution. The feature enables network
to network automatic connection between AirScale BSC data
provider entities and Layer 3 Data Collector (L3DC) data
handling entities. The purpose of this solution is filtering,
collecting and analysing various types of troubleshooting data
from the AirScale BSC in a form of real-time streams.
The core dump file that is generated during

ETME/ETMA/PCUM unit crash is transferred
from OMU to LSS server.
The RC2293: Limitation action for AirScale BSC license
management enables the support for generic license
limitation action (GLLA) in AirScale BSC, which declines circuit-
switched (CS) calls and packet-switched (PS) calls during the
license violations.
The GLLA strengthens AirScale BSC software asset protection
by introducing traffic handling capability limitation on top of
the existing NetAct alarm 41003 - LICENSE CAPACITY NOT
AVAILABLE if the CLS notices license usage violation.
The SW Entitlement Manager (SWEM) triggers the GLLA when
the Centralized SW License Server (CLS) identifies the license
usage violation. On top of the existing NetAct alarm 41003 -
LICENSE CAPACITY NOT AVAILABLE, the SWEM commands
AirScale BSC to start KPI impacting traffic handling capability
limitation. The GLLA is canceled when license usage violation
is corrected by purchasing and installing required software
licenses into the CLS.
The RC2419: Minimized Service Downtime of AirScale BSC SW

Upgrade Using Georesiliency feature introduces a software
upgrade procedure that reduces AirScale BSC or 3GPP service
downtime compared to the regular software upgrade
procedure. If the software upgrade procedure fails, and
software rollback is requested, the RC2419: Minimized Service
Downtime of AirScale BSC SW Upgrade Using Georesiliency
feature prevents longer downtime on the AirScale BSC or
3GPP service.
The new software upgrade procedure's main concept is to
switchover the AirScale BSC or 3GPP service to the Standby
Virtualized Network Function (VNF) and then upgrade the
software to the Active VNF, which is isolated from the
network.
This feature is to support for Nokia AirFrame RM19 as a

reference hardware configuration for AirScale BSC
deployment.
The Nokia AirFrame RM19 hardware configuration supports
the multi-tenancy (several AirScale BSCs and AirScale BSCs
with other Cloud RAN applications).
The RC1610: NetAct Trigger for AirScale BSC Georesiliency
feature enables the NetAct support for the following
Georesiliency operations:
• Test of the VNF-VNF cluster O&M interface connection
• Manual data synchronization
• Termination of the on-going data synchronization
• Manual and schedule automatic IP connectivity test
• Stop or abort the on-going IP connectivity test
• Interrogation of the IP connectivity test summary
• Controlled and forced switchover
Note: The operations, which are mentioned here, cannot be

triggered through the NetAct in the AirScale BSC FP20A
release. You can use MML commands to trigger these
operations.
Apart from the NetAct support, the RC1610: NetAct Trigger

for AirScale BSC Georesiliency feature also brings the
following enhancements in AirScale BSC Georesiliency:
• Initiate manual data synchronization and schedule
automatic data synchronization from the Standby VNF.
Initiating manual data synchronization and scheduling
automatic data synchronization from the Active VNF are not
allowed.
• As the data synchronization operation takes a long time to
complete, you can terminate the on-going data
synchronization from the Standby VNF to start some other
operations if required.
• You can trigger the IP connectivity test from both the Active
and Standby VNFs based on the interface types.
The RC1611: Infra sharing for Secondary AirScale BSC VNFs in

Georesiliency feature provides the solution for saving the
infrastructure capacity in the Secondary Virtual Network
Function (VNF), which protects the AirScale BSC or 3GPP
service against the site outage or disaster.
The RC1974: Enhanced AirScale BSC Georesiliency feature

introduces the following enhancements to the Georesiliency
functionality, which is introduced through RC0701: AirScale
BSC Georesiliency feature:
• Conversion of VNF type using the redundancyRole
parameter
• Comparison of Radio Network (RNW) configuration data
• Symptom data collection for Georesiliency
• Automatic IP mapping for external BCFs IP addresses (BTS
Mplane IP addresses)
IPv4/IPv6 Dual Stack for AirScale BSC feature introduces dual
stack solution for all IP transport. In addition to the basic IPv6
protocol support, simultaneous support of both IPv4 and IPv6
is available for the BSS. The IPv4 and IPv6 dual stack feature
enable an IP interface to operate in both these nodes
simultaneously. The interface has the IP addresses configured
for both protocol versions and can process mixed traffic. Dual
stack offers a smooth transition from IPv4 to IPv6. The RC0639
feature provides support for IPv4/IPv6 dual stack
implementation on the Abis interface. The RC0639 feature
and its functionality are supported with SBTS.

feature provides support for IPv4/IPv6 dual stack
implementation on the core network interfaces.
The RC0701: AirScale BSC Georesiliency feature protects

AirScale BSC or 3GPP service against site outage or disaster.
The key element of the feature is to use a Secondary
Georedundant AirScale BSC Virtualized Network Function
(VNF) as a backup for the Primary AirSacle BSC VNF so that
the corresponding AirScale BSC or 3GPP service becomes
Georesilient. The Primary and Secondary VNFs have the 1:1
relation, which means that one Secondary VNF protects one
Primary VNF.
Operators and authorities in many countries are increasingly
aware of the need to ensure availability of Radio Access
Networks (RANs), because they have become the main access
of communication in many places. AirScale BSC resiliency
reduces the network outage of single AirScale BSC VNF failure
or AirScale BSC site failure to the time needed to first detect
the failure of the Active VNF and then trigger the switchover
of Standby VNF. In normal situation the Standby VNF does not
carry any traffic.
feature introduces dual stack IPv4/IPv6 capability and support
for IPv6 address within AirScale BSC M-Plane services.
The RC0641: Traffic separation in AirScale BSC for network

sharing feature adds functionality to separate user plane IP
traffic towards core networks when BSS is shared by multiple
operators. The feature is enabled by default when BSS21213:
Multi-Operator BSS (MOBSS) or RG301777: MOCN Rel10
Support feature is enabled.
The RC1724: Flexible DSCP Support for AirScale BSC feature

allows the user to configure DSCP parameter values in the
wider range (0 to 63). As part of this feature, allowed values
for DSCP parameters are changed.
This feature is to support for Nokia AirFrame OR19 as a

deployment.
The Nokia AirFrame OR19 hardware configuration supports
AirScale BSC license management is based on the centralized

software licensing with Centralized Software License Server
(CLS) and Software Entitlement Manager (SWEM). The
licensing is neither based on hardware nor linked into a
specific NE.
This feature is to support for Nokia AirFrame OR18 as a

deployment.
The Nokia AirFrame OR18 hardware configuration supports
This feature defines AirScale BSC19 FP1 to AirScale BSC19 FP3

VNF software upgrade procedure.
This feature defines the system level upgrade from NCRI17A
to NCIR18 that includes hardware upgrade for existing
AirFrame NDCS RM17 installations as needed for NCIR18 and
system level migration to NCIR18. AirScale BSC VNF SW is
upgraded to ASBSC19 FP3 level prior to NCIR18 migration.
This feature adapts existing BTS and core network interfaces

to AirScale BSC.
This feature provides the ingress and egress QoS for various
traffic types in the AirScale BSC.
This feature enables clock synchronization from an

external NTP server. The NTP client in MCMU is synchronized
from the external NTP server. Other units except for PCUM in
AirScale BSC, are synchronized to the internal NTP server in
MCMU.
PCUM FUs are synchronized directly to external NTP servers.
This feature defines the legacy transport IPsec feature set for
offering authentication and encryption on the AirScale BSC.
This feature defines the network monitoring transport

functions that are made available from the mcBSC to the
AirScale BSC.
This feature defines the reference network connectivity of the
AirScale BSC VNF with the NCIR. It includes inter-VM
connectivity for both internal traffic within the BSC and
external traffic towards other network elements in a
standalone deployment. The feature also defines the
following functionalities:
• Multi-tenancy deployment of AirScale BSC VNFs within the
NCIR in a standalone cloud deployment when multiple
AirScale BSC VNFs are deployed in the same cloud instance.
• Traffic and VNF separation are also considered in
deployment. ASBSC transport site solution for both
standalone and multi-tenancy, which follows the principles
defined by this feature (including two or more than two
AirScale BSC – AirScale BSC multi-tenancy within one cloud
instance).
• Reference transport configurations for AirScale BSC
deployment with Nokia site router and existing mcBSC
customer site routers.
• Elasticity in AirScale BSC responds to radio network

configuration changes and provides means to
increase/decrease AirScale BSC processing resources due to
traffic changes.
• In/Out resource scaling supports AirScale BSC commercial
model: AirScale BSC VNF activation license, license for TRX
capacity scaling, license for CS capacity scaling, and license for
PS capacity scaling.
• Operator triggers In/Out resource scaling based on KPIs and
RNW configuration data in NetAct, no automatic (on-demand)
resource scaling in ASBSC 19.
• Operator requests scaling out of an FU type: CBAM creates
new VM of the proper type (BCXU, ETME, ETMA, and PCUM)
via NCIR.
• Reallocation of resources can be initiated by the user (or
CBAM) via an MML command.
Scalable unit types:
• BCXU, ETME, ETMA => Scaling of CS and RNW connectivity
• PCUM => Scaling of PS traffic
High availability functions are similar to BSC18 (feature

parity).
AirScale BSC can be deployed using CBAM, using common

workflows with other VNFs. AirScale BSC provides needed
artifacts to CBAM.
• AirScale BSC O&M framework. Definitions for user interface,
operability practices - VNF level operation, RNW
configuration, performance monitoring, SW upgrade and
update, NetAct interface, AirSCale BSC VNF integration to
core network.
• Operability feature set baseline – inheritance of legacy
operability features (according mcBSC feature parity
definitions).
This feature provides the feature parity with BSC18.

This feature defines AirScale BSC 19 reference HW
configuration for deployment.
For AirScale BSC 19 FP1, reference HW is NDCS RM17 +
NCIR17A.
• AirScale BSC SW management integrates to cloud SW

management procedures and provides SW management for
standalone AirScale BSC installations.
• Capability for full backup and restore: BSC VNF SW, CBAM
scripts, and BSC VNF configuration according to its VM
configuration.
This feature provides the same troubleshooting features as in

BSC18 are available (feature parity).
This feature defines the deployment of AirScale BSC
Virtualized Network Functions (VNFs) within the Nokia
AirFrame Cloud Infrastructure for Real-time applications
(NCIR) in a standalone cloud deployment when AirScal RNC
VNFs are deployed in the same cloud instance as well (multi-
tenancy within one cloud instance). It includes deploying
multiple AirScale BSC Virtualized Network Functions (VNFs) in
single cloud infrastructure for multiple AirScale BSCs
configuration. This means that multiple AirScale BSCs can
share the same infrastructure. All the AirScale BSC VNFs in the
rack can share the same set of Virtual Routing and Forwarding
(VRFs) and tenant networks.
Benefits Feature Code Category
• New Dell switch variants can be used in RM19 BSC Solution
deliveries due to Dell EoL for current switches
(Z9100, S4048)
• Dell S5232 and N3248 switches are also used in
RM20 blueprint
• It is optimal from low to high capacity AirScale BSC Solution

BSC or AirScale RNC locations, where scalability
and physical size of the infrastructure are valued.
• In comparison to the existing reference
deployments, the VNFs configurations and their
capacities remain unchanged.
• Single solution to monitor VNFs in a multi- Operability

tenant setup.
• Support for automatic monitoring of scaled-
out units.
• Support for encryption of monitored data.
• Linux based data monitoring tool.
• Automatic transfer of dump and log file to LSS Operability

server
• Save user time
• Reduced the chances of overwriting the old
dump files
• Strengthens AirScale BSC software asset BSC Solution
protection.
• Shorter AirScale BSC or 3GPP service downtime 55918 BSC Solution

during AirScale BSC software upgrade.
• Efficient usage of available hardware resources. 49733 BSC Solution

• High capacity data center can be shared between
Cloud RAN VNFs.
• Lower power consumption for high capacity up-
scaled AirScale BSC VNF.
• Enables you to configure, manage, and operate 55918 BSC Solution
Georesiliency of AirScale BSC through the NetAct.
• Enables you to save the infrastructure capacity of 55918 BSC Solution

the Secondary VNFs while still supporting the
disaster recovery (DISREC) after the failure of any
Primary site.
The feature can also be used to support the failure

of many Primary sites simultaneously.
• Improves various Georesiliency operations, such 55918 BSC Solution

as improvement in usability aspect of IP mapping
with semi-automatic IP mapping, user can check
RNW configuration difference after data
synchronization in the Standby VNF, and
troubleshooting improvements.
• Dual stack for seamless co-existence of IPv4 and 49732 Transport
IPv6
• Large addressing space
• Routing efficiency
• Avoidance of fragmentation in network
• Avoidance of broadcast
• Stateless auto-configuration

IPv6
• AirScale BSC service or 3GPP service can recover 55918 BSC Solution
from site disaster in hours rather than in days or
weeks.
• AirScale BSC software upgrade can be done with
one short network break instead of a long network
break.
• AirScale BSC service or 3GPP service can be
maintained in Secondary VNF, while the
infrastructure of the Primary VNF is being
upgraded.
• GSM service recovers quickly after a disastrous
failure of an AirScale BSC site. Georesilient AirScale
BSC sites are supported with semi-automatic and
fast AirScale BSC service or 3GPP service
switchover to the Standby VNF. Readiness for
AirScale BSC resiliency is kept automatically. There
is no need for manual reconfiguration in BSS or
core network when Standby VNF is taken into use
after Active VNF failure.
IPv6
This feature enables the possibility to separate 49732 Transport

different traffic without complex IP
topologies/configurations and more robust IP
networks with less vulnerability.
• All DSCP values 0 to 63 (64Pcs) to be supported, 49732 Transport

that is full numerical range.
• DSCP 48 for S-Plane/Network control plane can
be defined.
• Traffic class and DSCP values can be assigned
freely to each other.

Cloud RAN VNFs.
There is no need for network element specific BSC Solution

licenses. Capacity licenses in CLS are checked
against common capacity pool.

Cloud RAN VNFs.
Efficient software upgrade or update Operability

implementation for smooth AirScale BSC 19 FP3
VNF deployment.
Enables to continue using existing RM17 hardware Operability
with NCIR18 and AirScale BSC 19 FP3.
• Packet Abis introduces an efficient way of the 49733 Transport

packet switched based transmission between BTS
and BSC.
• Gb over IP introduces an efficient way of the
packet switched based transmission between BSC
and SGSN.
• A over IP introduces an efficient way of the
packet switched based transmission for the CS user
plane between BSC and MGW.
• Packet Abis introduces an efficient way of the 49733 Transport

packet switched based transmission between BTS
and BSC.
• Gb over IP introduces an efficient way of the
packet switched based transmission between BSC
and SGSN.
• A over IP introduces an efficient way of the
packet switched based transmission for the CS user
plane between BSC and MGW.
ASBSC is synchronized to a reference clock. Clock 49733 Transport

accuracy is enough to keep PCUM synchronized
with the air interface.
49732 Transport
49733 Transport
The operator can configure the data center and 49733 Transport
external transport based on the reference
configuration.
The operator can increase AirScale BSC capacity 49733 BSC Solution
when traffic in the existing network increases or
new cells are added to the radio network. The
operator can release the computing capacity in the
cloud if the AirScale BSC capacity can be
decreased.
This feature provides AirScale BSC the same level 49733 BSC Solution
of availability as mcBSC, using functions of the
AirScale BSC (application and the platform) and the
Nokia Cloud Infrastructure (NCIR).
AirScale BSC can be deployed using CBAM, using 49733 BSC Solution
common workflows with other VNFs.
AirScale BSC operability will be at similar level as in 49733 Operability
mcBSC. There are improvements in handling of
Packet Abis signaling channels.
49733 BSC Solution

• Higher capacity GSM controller implementation 49733 BSC Solution
for site consolidation – resource scaling for SW
based capacity extensions
• General purpose IT HW implementation – no
GSM technology specific HW investments
• Simplified operations with common HW
implementation between technologies
AirScale BSC software upgrades can be performed 49733 Operability

from CBAM.
49733 Operability
• Multiple AirScale BSC VNFs in one Nokia 49733 Transport

AirFrame Cloud Infrastructure for Real-time
applications (NCIR) cloud instance.
• Efficient usage of cloud infrastructure by sharing
the switches, controller nodes, and storage nodes.
• Flexible capacity management of AirScale BSC
VNFs by scaling of each VNF.
• Lower infrastructure maintenance effort thanks
to shared cloud infrastructure.
Release License Key Sales Item Activated by default
AirScale BSC FP22R1 No
AirScale BSC FP22R1 Yes
AirScale BSC FP21B Yes

AirScale BSC FP20B RGC0639TL No
AirScale BSC FP20A RGC2001TL Yes

AirScale BSC FP20A RGC0639TL No

AirScale BSC 20 FP2 RGC2002TL No

AirScale BSC 20 FP1 RGC2001TL Yes
AirScale BSC 19 FP3 Yes

AirScale BSC 19 FP3 Yes




Related Documents Additional information
• AirScale BSC Product
Description
• Dimensioning AirScale BSC
• AirScale BSC Site Solutions

Description
• Managing AirScale BSC
Georesiliency
• Instantiating and Integrating
AirScale BSC
• Troubleshooting AirScale BSC

• Configuring IP Interfaces
• Product Description
• Troubleshooting AirScale BSC

• Managing Licsense Operation Prior to AirScale BSC FP20B
Virtualized Network Function
(VNF) software upgrade,
ensure that all licenses as
required by used releases, VNF
capacities, and active
functionalities are installed in
the CLS. For more information,
see Managing License
Operation document.
• Managing AirScale BSC None

Georesiliency
• AirScale BSC Product None

Description
Georesiliency
• D6 - Georesiliency Handling

Georesiliency

Georesiliency
• Configuring Dual Stack None
(IPv4/IPv6 Dual) for AirScale
BSC

BSC

Georesiliency
BSC
• Multi-Operator BSS None

• RG301777: MOCN Rel10
Support
AirScale BSC
None

Description
• Managing Licsense Operation None

Description

Description
AirScale BSC
• Instantiating and Integrating None
AirScale BSC
Description
• Migrating AirScale BSC from
NCIR17A to NCIR18
Configuring IP Interfaces For more information about
this feature, see following
existing GSM features:
• BSS21454: Packet Abis over
IP/Ethernet
• BSS30380: A over IP
• BSS11110: Gb Over IP
Configuring IP Interfaces For more information about

this feature, see following
existing GSM features:
• BSS21454: Packet Abis over
IP/Ethernet
• BSS30380: A over IP
• BSS11110: Gb Over IP
Configuring IP Interfaces None
Managing Users and Security None
Configuring IP Interfaces None

• Configuring IP Interfaces None
AirScale BSC
Managing Elasticity None
AirScale BSC Product None

Description
Instantiating and Integrating None

AirScale BSC
None
Managing Users and Security None

Instantiating and Integrating None
AirScale BSC
• Managing Backup and None

Restore Operations
• Managing Software
Configuration
Troubleshooting AirScale BSC None
None None

Asbsc Feature List and Descriptions Fp22r1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Asbsc Feature List and Descriptions Fp22r1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AirScale BSC, Release FP22R1,

AirScale BSC Feature List and Descriptions

© 2022 Nokia. Nokia Confidential Information.

No part of this document may be modified.

t be distributed or disclosed to any

with a product purchased or

s, the controlling version is the one

NOT LIMITED TO ANY

r product names mentioned in this

AirScale BSC Features List:

11, AirScale BSC FP22R1)

05, AirScale BSC FP21C)

04, AirScale BSC FP21B)

12, AirScale BSC FP21A)

1. Introduction to list of features

- Packet Switched Data - Value Added Services

The Excel report consists of two main sections:

2.1 GSM Features List

2.2 AirScale BSC Features List

se package or basic software.

Feature ID Feature title

CB006471 Radio Resource Management Counter Warming

RG302466 A5/4 Ciphering

RG302802 Enhanced call reestablishment rate with ZTE core

RG302813 Flexible DSCP support in Flexi BSC/mcBSC

RG302652 WB-AMR Enhancement

RG302749 Lean GSM operability improvements

RG302770 Enhancements to BSCLogCol tool

RG602695 BSC upgrade time improvement

SR002473 MOBSS interworking with Lean GSM

RG302647 Clear Voice

RG302659 Fast 2G BTS SWDownload

RG302489 IPv4/IPv6 Dual Stack for mcBSC

RG302627 GSM Flexi BTS EM Security Hardening

RG302671 Fast Power Control

RG302695 BSC Security enhancements for Release 19

RG302701 Multiple IP Addresses on CS Core Interfaces for Net

RG302704 BSC Troubleshooting Enhancements

RG602584 BTS SM Support for MS Windows 10

RG602638 FHFB Support in Classical LTE-GSM RF Sharing (GF)

BSS21552 Packet Abis efficient PS transport

RG302442 Remote BTS FDSW download to GSM Flexi Multiradi

RG302454 Unique GSM Call ID

RG302529 Enhanced BCCH Energy Saving

RG302534 GSM Based IoT Solution (EC-GSM IoT)

RG302550 BSC OAM support for SFTP and SSH

RG302559 Extended DRX for EC-GSM IoT

RG302585 Lean GSM Solution

RG302589 GSM 18 Release Upgrade License

RG602604 Loose Phase and Time Synchronization

RG602610 FYGC GPS Reciever Antenna (replacement of FYGB)

RG301941 Blind 2G to 3G reselection

RG302278 mcBSC FB activation in one single step

RG302337 Automatic dump collection for the Octeon based u

RG302343 Enhanced Fast Return to LTE

RG302424 Enhanced mcBSC eSW upgrade

RG302425 GSM 17 Release Upgrade License

RG302450 BSC Internal Ethernet link supervision

RG302462 Smart BCCH Allocation

RG602548 CM Parameter streamlining

BSS101909 Automated Certificate Management (for BTS)

RG301939 Network Resiliency for mcBSC

RG302188 Integrated CS Data Support in mcBSC

RG302198 BSS Support for FXED (6x60W RFM)